diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go index 390e496b40e..fff35fc5739 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go @@ -1474,6 +1474,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, Endpoints: endpoints{ + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, }, }, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go index 27144223928..22f1fa17a0b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.12.32" +const SDKVersion = "1.12.34" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go index 953b364f3e9..f93679e4f44 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm/api.go @@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ func (c *ACM) DeleteCertificateRequest(input *DeleteCertificateInput) (req *requ // DeleteCertificate API operation for AWS Certificate Manager. // -// Deletes an ACM Certificate and its associated private key. If this action -// succeeds, the certificate no longer appears in the list of ACM Certificates -// that can be displayed by calling the ListCertificates action or be retrieved -// by calling the GetCertificate action. The certificate will not be available -// for use by other AWS services. +// Deletes a certificate and its associated private key. If this action succeeds, +// the certificate no longer appears in the list that can be displayed by calling +// the ListCertificates action or be retrieved by calling the GetCertificate +// action. The certificate will not be available for use by AWS services integrated +// with ACM. // // You cannot delete an ACM Certificate that is being used by another AWS service. // To delete a certificate that is in use, the certificate association must @@ -345,12 +345,12 @@ func (c *ACM) GetCertificateRequest(input *GetCertificateInput) (req *request.Re // GetCertificate API operation for AWS Certificate Manager. // -// Retrieves an ACM Certificate and certificate chain for the certificate specified -// by an ARN. The chain is an ordered list of certificates that contains the -// ACM Certificate, intermediate certificates of subordinate CAs, and the root -// certificate in that order. The certificate and certificate chain are base64 -// encoded. If you want to decode the certificate chain to see the individual -// certificate fields, you can use OpenSSL. +// Retrieves a certificate specified by an ARN and its certificate chain . The +// chain is an ordered list of certificates that contains the end entity ertificate, +// intermediate certificates of subordinate CAs, and the root certificate in +// that order. The certificate and certificate chain are base64 encoded. If +// you want to decode the certificate to see the individual fields, you can +// use OpenSSL. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -437,35 +437,52 @@ func (c *ACM) ImportCertificateRequest(input *ImportCertificateInput) (req *requ // ImportCertificate API operation for AWS Certificate Manager. // -// Imports an SSL/TLS certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to use -// with ACM's integrated AWS services (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-services.html). +// Imports a certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to use with services +// that are integrated with ACM. For more information, see Integrated Services +// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-services.html). // // ACM does not provide managed renewal (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-renewal.html) // for certificates that you import. // // For more information about importing certificates into ACM, including the // differences between certificates that you import and those that ACM provides, -// see Importing Certificates (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/import-certificate.html) +// see Importing Certificates (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/import-certificate.html) // in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. // -// To import a certificate, you must provide the certificate and the matching -// private key. When the certificate is not self-signed, you must also provide -// a certificate chain. You can omit the certificate chain when importing a -// self-signed certificate. +// In general, you can import almost any valid certificate. However, services +// integrated with ACM allow only certificate types they support to be associated +// with their resources. The following guidelines are also important: // -// The certificate, private key, and certificate chain must be PEM-encoded. -// For more information about converting these items to PEM format, see Importing -// Certificates Troubleshooting (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/import-certificate.html#import-certificate-troubleshooting) -// in the AWS Certificate Manager User Guide. +// * You must enter the private key that matches the certificate you are +// importing. +// +// * The private key must be unencrypted. You cannot import a private key +// that is protected by a password or a passphrase. +// +// * If the certificate you are importing is not self-signed, you must enter +// its certificate chain. +// +// * If a certificate chain is included, the issuer must be the subject of +// one of the certificates in the chain. +// +// * The certificate, private key, and certificate chain must be PEM-encoded. +// +// * The current time must be between the Not Before and Not After certificate +// fields. // -// To import a new certificate, omit the CertificateArn field. Include this -// field only when you want to replace a previously imported certificate. +// * The Issuer field must not be empty. // -// When you import a certificate by using the CLI or one of the SDKs, you must -// specify the certificate, chain, and private key parameters as file names -// preceded by file://. For example, you can specify a certificate saved in -// the C:\temp folder as C:\temp\certificate_to_import.pem. If you are making -// an HTTP or HTTPS Query request, include these parameters as BLOBs. +// * The OCSP authority URL must not exceed 1000 characters. +// +// * To import a new certificate, omit the CertificateArn field. Include +// this field only when you want to replace a previously imported certificate. +// +// * When you import a certificate by using the CLI or one of the SDKs, you +// must specify the certificate, certificate chain, and private key parameters +// as file names preceded by file://. For example, you can specify a certificate +// saved in the C:\temp folder as C:\temp\certificate_to_import.pem. If you +// are making an HTTP or HTTPS Query request, include these parameters as +// BLOBs. // // This operation returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/aws-arns-and-namespaces.html) // of the imported certificate. @@ -561,9 +578,9 @@ func (c *ACM) ListCertificatesRequest(input *ListCertificatesInput) (req *reques // ListCertificates API operation for AWS Certificate Manager. // -// Retrieves a list of ACM Certificates and the domain name for each. You can -// optionally filter the list to return only the certificates that match the -// specified status. +// Retrieves a list of certificate ARNs and domain names. You can request that +// only certificates that match a specific status be listed. You can also filter +// by specific attributes of the certificate. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1142,6 +1159,11 @@ type CertificateDetail struct { // when the certificate type is AMAZON_ISSUED. DomainValidationOptions []*DomainValidation `min:"1" type:"list"` + // Contains a list of Extended Key Usage X.509 v3 extension objects. Each object + // specifies a purpose for which the certificate public key can be used and + // consists of a name and an object identifier (OID). + ExtendedKeyUsages []*ExtendedKeyUsage `type:"list"` + // The reason the certificate request failed. This value exists only when the // certificate status is FAILED. For more information, see Certificate Request // Failed (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/troubleshooting.html#troubleshooting-failed) @@ -1163,10 +1185,15 @@ type CertificateDetail struct { // The name of the certificate authority that issued and signed the certificate. Issuer *string `type:"string"` - // The algorithm that was used to generate the key pair (the public and private - // key). + // The algorithm that was used to generate the public-private key pair. KeyAlgorithm *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyAlgorithm"` + // A list of Key Usage X.509 v3 extension objects. Each object is a string value + // that identifies the purpose of the public key contained in the certificate. + // Possible extension values include DIGITAL_SIGNATURE, KEY_ENCHIPHERMENT, NON_REPUDIATION, + // and more. + KeyUsages []*KeyUsage `type:"list"` + // The time after which the certificate is not valid. NotAfter *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` @@ -1250,6 +1277,12 @@ func (s *CertificateDetail) SetDomainValidationOptions(v []*DomainValidation) *C return s } +// SetExtendedKeyUsages sets the ExtendedKeyUsages field's value. +func (s *CertificateDetail) SetExtendedKeyUsages(v []*ExtendedKeyUsage) *CertificateDetail { + s.ExtendedKeyUsages = v + return s +} + // SetFailureReason sets the FailureReason field's value. func (s *CertificateDetail) SetFailureReason(v string) *CertificateDetail { s.FailureReason = &v @@ -1286,6 +1319,12 @@ func (s *CertificateDetail) SetKeyAlgorithm(v string) *CertificateDetail { return s } +// SetKeyUsages sets the KeyUsages field's value. +func (s *CertificateDetail) SetKeyUsages(v []*KeyUsage) *CertificateDetail { + s.KeyUsages = v + return s +} + // SetNotAfter sets the NotAfter field's value. func (s *CertificateDetail) SetNotAfter(v time.Time) *CertificateDetail { s.NotAfter = &v @@ -1538,13 +1577,27 @@ type DomainValidation struct { // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Contains the CNAME record that you add to your DNS database for domain validation. + // For more information, see Use DNS to Validate Domain Ownership (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/gs-acm-validate-dns.html). + ResourceRecord *ResourceRecord `type:"structure"` + // The domain name that ACM used to send domain validation emails. ValidationDomain *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // A list of email addresses that ACM used to send domain validation emails. ValidationEmails []*string `type:"list"` - // The validation status of the domain name. + // Specifies the domain validation method. + ValidationMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ValidationMethod"` + + // The validation status of the domain name. This can be one of the following + // values: + // + // * PENDING_VALIDATION + // + // * SUCCESS + // + // * FAILED ValidationStatus *string `type:"string" enum:"DomainStatus"` } @@ -1564,6 +1617,12 @@ func (s *DomainValidation) SetDomainName(v string) *DomainValidation { return s } +// SetResourceRecord sets the ResourceRecord field's value. +func (s *DomainValidation) SetResourceRecord(v *ResourceRecord) *DomainValidation { + s.ResourceRecord = v + return s +} + // SetValidationDomain sets the ValidationDomain field's value. func (s *DomainValidation) SetValidationDomain(v string) *DomainValidation { s.ValidationDomain = &v @@ -1576,6 +1635,12 @@ func (s *DomainValidation) SetValidationEmails(v []*string) *DomainValidation { return s } +// SetValidationMethod sets the ValidationMethod field's value. +func (s *DomainValidation) SetValidationMethod(v string) *DomainValidation { + s.ValidationMethod = &v + return s +} + // SetValidationStatus sets the ValidationStatus field's value. func (s *DomainValidation) SetValidationStatus(v string) *DomainValidation { s.ValidationStatus = &v @@ -1583,7 +1648,7 @@ func (s *DomainValidation) SetValidationStatus(v string) *DomainValidation { } // Contains information about the domain names that you want ACM to use to send -// you emails to validate your ownership of the domain. +// you emails that enable you to validate domain ownership. // Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/DomainValidationOption type DomainValidationOption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -1658,6 +1723,106 @@ func (s *DomainValidationOption) SetValidationDomain(v string) *DomainValidation return s } +// The Extended Key Usage X.509 v3 extension defines one or more purposes for +// which the public key can be used. This is in addition to or in place of the +// basic purposes specified by the Key Usage extension. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/ExtendedKeyUsage +type ExtendedKeyUsage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of an Extended Key Usage value. + Name *string `type:"string" enum:"ExtendedKeyUsageName"` + + // An object identifier (OID) for the extension value. OIDs are strings of numbers + // separated by periods. The following OIDs are defined in RFC 3280 and RFC + // 5280. + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.1 (TLS_WEB_SERVER_AUTHENTICATION) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.2 (TLS_WEB_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.3 (CODE_SIGNING) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.4 (EMAIL_PROTECTION) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.8 (TIME_STAMPING) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.9 (OCSP_SIGNING) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.5 (IPSEC_END_SYSTEM) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.6 (IPSEC_TUNNEL) + // + // * 1.3.6.1.5.5.7.3.7 (IPSEC_USER) + OID *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ExtendedKeyUsage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ExtendedKeyUsage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ExtendedKeyUsage) SetName(v string) *ExtendedKeyUsage { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetOID sets the OID field's value. +func (s *ExtendedKeyUsage) SetOID(v string) *ExtendedKeyUsage { + s.OID = &v + return s +} + +// This structure can be used in the ListCertificates action to filter the output +// of the certificate list. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/Filters +type Filters struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specify one or more ExtendedKeyUsage extension values. + ExtendedKeyUsage []*string `locationName:"extendedKeyUsage" type:"list"` + + // Specify one or more algorithms that can be used to generate key pairs. + KeyTypes []*string `locationName:"keyTypes" type:"list"` + + // Specify one or more KeyUsage extension values. + KeyUsage []*string `locationName:"keyUsage" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Filters) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Filters) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetExtendedKeyUsage sets the ExtendedKeyUsage field's value. +func (s *Filters) SetExtendedKeyUsage(v []*string) *Filters { + s.ExtendedKeyUsage = v + return s +} + +// SetKeyTypes sets the KeyTypes field's value. +func (s *Filters) SetKeyTypes(v []*string) *Filters { + s.KeyTypes = v + return s +} + +// SetKeyUsage sets the KeyUsage field's value. +func (s *Filters) SetKeyUsage(v []*string) *Filters { + s.KeyUsage = v + return s +} + // Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/GetCertificateRequest type GetCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -1744,15 +1909,7 @@ func (s *GetCertificateOutput) SetCertificateChain(v string) *GetCertificateOutp type ImportCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The certificate to import. It must meet the following requirements: - // - // * Must be PEM-encoded. - // - // * Must contain a 1024-bit or 2048-bit RSA public key. - // - // * Must be valid at the time of import. You cannot import a certificate - // before its validity period begins (the certificate's NotBefore date) or - // after it expires (the certificate's NotAfter date). + // The certificate to import. // // Certificate is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. // @@ -1764,18 +1921,12 @@ type ImportCertificateInput struct { // this field. CertificateArn *string `min:"20" type:"string"` - // The certificate chain. It must be PEM-encoded. + // The PEM encoded certificate chain. // // CertificateChain is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. CertificateChain []byte `min:"1" type:"blob"` - // The private key that matches the public key in the certificate. It must meet - // the following requirements: - // - // * Must be PEM-encoded. - // - // * Must be unencrypted. You cannot import a private key that is protected - // by a password or passphrase. + // The private key that matches the public key in the certificate. // // PrivateKey is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK. // @@ -1870,13 +2021,49 @@ func (s *ImportCertificateOutput) SetCertificateArn(v string) *ImportCertificate return s } +// The Key Usage X.509 v3 extension defines the purpose of the public key contained +// in the certificate. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/KeyUsage +type KeyUsage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A string value that contains a Key Usage extension name. + Name *string `type:"string" enum:"KeyUsageName"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s KeyUsage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s KeyUsage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *KeyUsage) SetName(v string) *KeyUsage { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + // Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/ListCertificatesRequest type ListCertificatesInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The status or statuses on which to filter the list of ACM Certificates. + // Filter the certificate list by status value. CertificateStatuses []*string `type:"list"` + // Filter the certificate list by one or more of the following values. For more + // information, see the Filters structure. + // + // * extendedKeyUsage + // + // * keyUsage + // + // * keyTypes + Includes *Filters `type:"structure"` + // Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number // of items to return in the response. If additional items exist beyond the // number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this @@ -1921,6 +2108,12 @@ func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetCertificateStatuses(v []*string) *ListCertifi return s } +// SetIncludes sets the Includes field's value. +func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetIncludes(v *Filters) *ListCertificatesInput { + s.Includes = v + return s +} + // SetMaxItems sets the MaxItems field's value. func (s *ListCertificatesInput) SetMaxItems(v int64) *ListCertificatesInput { s.MaxItems = &v @@ -1972,7 +2165,7 @@ type ListTagsForCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // String that contains the ARN of the ACM Certificate for which you want to - // list the tags. This has the following form: + // list the tags. This must have the following form: // // arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // @@ -2183,25 +2376,15 @@ type RequestCertificateInput struct { // a wildcard certificate that protects several sites in the same domain. For // example, *.example.com protects www.example.com, site.example.com, and images.example.com. // - // The maximum length of a DNS name is 253 octets. The name is made up of multiple - // labels separated by periods. No label can be longer than 63 octets. Consider - // the following examples: - // - // (63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets) is legal because the total - // length is 253 octets (63+1+63+1+63+1+61) and no label exceeds 63 octets. - // - // (64 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets) is not legal because the - // total length exceeds 253 octets (64+1+63+1+63+1+61) and the first label exceeds - // 63 octets. - // - // (63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(62 octets) is not legal because the - // total length of the DNS name (63+1+63+1+63+1+62) exceeds 253 octets. + // The first domain name you enter cannot exceed 63 octets, including periods. + // Each subsequent Subject Alternative Name (SAN), however, can be up to 253 + // octets in length. // // DomainName is a required field DomainName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The domain name that you want ACM to use to send you emails to validate your - // ownership of the domain. + // The domain name that you want ACM to use to send you emails so taht your + // can validate domain ownership. DomainValidationOptions []*DomainValidationOption `min:"1" type:"list"` // Customer chosen string that can be used to distinguish between calls to RequestCertificate. @@ -2219,7 +2402,25 @@ type RequestCertificateInput struct { // add to an ACM Certificate is 100. However, the initial limit is 10 domain // names. If you need more than 10 names, you must request a limit increase. // For more information, see Limits (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/acm/latest/userguide/acm-limits.html). + // + // The maximum length of a SAN DNS name is 253 octets. The name is made up of + // multiple labels separated by periods. No label can be longer than 63 octets. + // Consider the following examples: + // + // * (63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets) is legal because the + // total length is 253 octets (63+1+63+1+63+1+61) and no label exceeds 63 + // octets. + // + // * (64 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets) is not legal because + // the total length exceeds 253 octets (64+1+63+1+63+1+61) and the first + // label exceeds 63 octets. + // + // * (63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(62 octets) is not legal because + // the total length of the DNS name (63+1+63+1+63+1+62) exceeds 253 octets. SubjectAlternativeNames []*string `min:"1" type:"list"` + + // The method you want to use to validate your domain. + ValidationMethod *string `type:"string" enum:"ValidationMethod"` } // String returns the string representation @@ -2291,6 +2492,12 @@ func (s *RequestCertificateInput) SetSubjectAlternativeNames(v []*string) *Reque return s } +// SetValidationMethod sets the ValidationMethod field's value. +func (s *RequestCertificateInput) SetValidationMethod(v string) *RequestCertificateInput { + s.ValidationMethod = &v + return s +} + // Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/RequestCertificateResponse type RequestCertificateOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -2325,9 +2532,8 @@ type ResendValidationEmailInput struct { // String that contains the ARN of the requested certificate. The certificate // ARN is generated and returned by the RequestCertificate action as soon as // the request is made. By default, using this parameter causes email to be - // sent to all top-level domains you specified in the certificate request. - // - // The ARN must be of the form: + // sent to all top-level domains you specified in the certificate request. The + // ARN must be of the form: // // arn:aws:acm:us-east-1:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 // @@ -2432,6 +2638,58 @@ func (s ResendValidationEmailOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Contains a DNS record value that you can use to can use to validate ownership +// or control of a domain. This is used by the DescribeCertificate action. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/ResourceRecord +type ResourceRecord struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the DNS record to create in your domain. This is supplied by + // ACM. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The type of DNS record. Currently this can be CNAME. + // + // Type is a required field + Type *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"RecordType"` + + // The value of the CNAME record to add to your DNS database. This is supplied + // by ACM. + // + // Value is a required field + Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ResourceRecord) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ResourceRecord) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ResourceRecord) SetName(v string) *ResourceRecord { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *ResourceRecord) SetType(v string) *ResourceRecord { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// SetValue sets the Value field's value. +func (s *ResourceRecord) SetValue(v string) *ResourceRecord { + s.Value = &v + return s +} + // A key-value pair that identifies or specifies metadata about an ACM resource. // Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/acm-2015-12-08/Tag type Tag struct { @@ -2526,6 +2784,44 @@ const ( DomainStatusFailed = "FAILED" ) +const ( + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameTlsWebServerAuthentication is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameTlsWebServerAuthentication = "TLS_WEB_SERVER_AUTHENTICATION" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameTlsWebClientAuthentication is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameTlsWebClientAuthentication = "TLS_WEB_CLIENT_AUTHENTICATION" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameCodeSigning is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameCodeSigning = "CODE_SIGNING" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameEmailProtection is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameEmailProtection = "EMAIL_PROTECTION" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameTimeStamping is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameTimeStamping = "TIME_STAMPING" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameOcspSigning is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameOcspSigning = "OCSP_SIGNING" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecEndSystem is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecEndSystem = "IPSEC_END_SYSTEM" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecTunnel is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecTunnel = "IPSEC_TUNNEL" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecUser is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameIpsecUser = "IPSEC_USER" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameAny is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameAny = "ANY" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameNone is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameNone = "NONE" + + // ExtendedKeyUsageNameCustom is a ExtendedKeyUsageName enum value + ExtendedKeyUsageNameCustom = "CUSTOM" +) + const ( // FailureReasonNoAvailableContacts is a FailureReason enum value FailureReasonNoAvailableContacts = "NO_AVAILABLE_CONTACTS" @@ -2539,6 +2835,9 @@ const ( // FailureReasonInvalidPublicDomain is a FailureReason enum value FailureReasonInvalidPublicDomain = "INVALID_PUBLIC_DOMAIN" + // FailureReasonCaaError is a FailureReason enum value + FailureReasonCaaError = "CAA_ERROR" + // FailureReasonOther is a FailureReason enum value FailureReasonOther = "OTHER" ) @@ -2550,8 +2849,57 @@ const ( // KeyAlgorithmRsa1024 is a KeyAlgorithm enum value KeyAlgorithmRsa1024 = "RSA_1024" + // KeyAlgorithmRsa4096 is a KeyAlgorithm enum value + KeyAlgorithmRsa4096 = "RSA_4096" + // KeyAlgorithmEcPrime256v1 is a KeyAlgorithm enum value KeyAlgorithmEcPrime256v1 = "EC_prime256v1" + + // KeyAlgorithmEcSecp384r1 is a KeyAlgorithm enum value + KeyAlgorithmEcSecp384r1 = "EC_secp384r1" + + // KeyAlgorithmEcSecp521r1 is a KeyAlgorithm enum value + KeyAlgorithmEcSecp521r1 = "EC_secp521r1" +) + +const ( + // KeyUsageNameDigitalSignature is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameDigitalSignature = "DIGITAL_SIGNATURE" + + // KeyUsageNameNonRepudiation is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameNonRepudiation = "NON_REPUDIATION" + + // KeyUsageNameKeyEncipherment is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameKeyEncipherment = "KEY_ENCIPHERMENT" + + // KeyUsageNameDataEncipherment is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameDataEncipherment = "DATA_ENCIPHERMENT" + + // KeyUsageNameKeyAgreement is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameKeyAgreement = "KEY_AGREEMENT" + + // KeyUsageNameCertificateSigning is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameCertificateSigning = "CERTIFICATE_SIGNING" + + // KeyUsageNameCrlSigning is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameCrlSigning = "CRL_SIGNING" + + // KeyUsageNameEncipherOnly is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameEncipherOnly = "ENCIPHER_ONLY" + + // KeyUsageNameDecipherOnly is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameDecipherOnly = "DECIPHER_ONLY" + + // KeyUsageNameAny is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameAny = "ANY" + + // KeyUsageNameCustom is a KeyUsageName enum value + KeyUsageNameCustom = "CUSTOM" +) + +const ( + // RecordTypeCname is a RecordType enum value + RecordTypeCname = "CNAME" ) const ( @@ -2599,3 +2947,11 @@ const ( // RevocationReasonAACompromise is a RevocationReason enum value RevocationReasonAACompromise = "A_A_COMPROMISE" ) + +const ( + // ValidationMethodEmail is a ValidationMethod enum value + ValidationMethodEmail = "EMAIL" + + // ValidationMethodDns is a ValidationMethod enum value + ValidationMethodDns = "DNS" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e2770ae3ac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,14536 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediaconvert + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opCancelJob = "CancelJob" + +// CancelJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CancelJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CancelJob for more information on using the CancelJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CancelJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CancelJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob +func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobRequest(input *CancelJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCancelJob, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CancelJobInput{} + } + + output = &CancelJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CancelJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Permanently remove a job from a queue. Once you have canceled a job, you +// can't start it again. You can't delete a running job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation CancelJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJob +func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJob(input *CancelJobInput) (*CancelJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CancelJobWithContext is the same as CancelJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CancelJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) CancelJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CancelJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateJob = "CreateJob" + +// CreateJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateJob for more information on using the CreateJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobRequest(input *CreateJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateJob, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateJobInput{} + } + + output = &CreateJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Create a new transcoding job. For information about jobs and job settings, +// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation CreateJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJob +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJob(input *CreateJobInput) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateJobWithContext is the same as CreateJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateJobTemplate = "CreateJobTemplate" + +// CreateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateJobTemplate for more information on using the CreateJobTemplate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateJobTemplateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateJobTemplateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateRequest(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateJobTemplateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateJobTemplate, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateJobTemplateInput{} + } + + output = &CreateJobTemplateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Create a new job template. For information about job templates see the User +// Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation CreateJobTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplate(input *CreateJobTemplateInput) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as CreateJobTemplate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateJobTemplateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreatePreset = "CreatePreset" + +// CreatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreatePreset operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreatePreset for more information on using the CreatePreset +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreatePresetRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreatePresetRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetRequest(input *CreatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreatePresetOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreatePreset, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreatePresetInput{} + } + + output = &CreatePresetOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Create a new preset. For information about job templates see the User Guide +// at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation CreatePreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePreset(input *CreatePresetInput) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreatePresetWithContext is the same as CreatePreset with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreatePreset for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) CreatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreatePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreatePresetRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateQueue = "CreateQueue" + +// CreateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateQueue operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateQueue for more information on using the CreateQueue +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateQueueRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateQueueRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueRequest(input *CreateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateQueueOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateQueue, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateQueueInput{} + } + + output = &CreateQueueOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Create a new transcoding queue. For information about job templates see the +// User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation CreateQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueue(input *CreateQueueInput) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateQueueWithContext is the same as CreateQueue with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateQueue for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) CreateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateQueueRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteJobTemplate = "DeleteJobTemplate" + +// DeleteJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteJobTemplate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteJobTemplate for more information on using the DeleteJobTemplate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteJobTemplateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteJobTemplateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteJobTemplate, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteJobTemplateInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteJobTemplateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Permanently delete a job template you have created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation DeleteJobTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplate(input *DeleteJobTemplateInput) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteJobTemplateWithContext is the same as DeleteJobTemplate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteJobTemplateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeletePreset = "DeletePreset" + +// DeletePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeletePreset operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeletePreset for more information on using the DeletePreset +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeletePresetRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeletePresetRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetRequest(input *DeletePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePresetOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeletePreset, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeletePresetInput{} + } + + output = &DeletePresetOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeletePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Permanently delete a preset you have created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation DeletePreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePreset(input *DeletePresetInput) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeletePresetWithContext is the same as DeletePreset with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeletePreset for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) DeletePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeletePresetRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteQueue = "DeleteQueue" + +// DeleteQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteQueue operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteQueue for more information on using the DeleteQueue +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteQueueRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteQueueRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueRequest(input *DeleteQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteQueueOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteQueue, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteQueueInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteQueueOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Permanently delete a queue you have created. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation DeleteQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueue(input *DeleteQueueInput) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteQueueWithContext is the same as DeleteQueue with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteQueue for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) DeleteQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteQueueRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeEndpoints = "DescribeEndpoints" + +// DescribeEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeEndpoints operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeEndpoints +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints +func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEndpointsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeEndpoints, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/endpoints", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeEndpointsInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeEndpointsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeEndpoints API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your +// account API endpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation DescribeEndpoints for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpoints +func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpoints(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeEndpoints with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) DescribeEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetJob = "GetJob" + +// GetJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJob operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJob for more information on using the GetJob +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobRequest(input *GetJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJob, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJob API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve the JSON for a specific completed transcoding job. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation GetJob for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJob +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJob(input *GetJobInput) (*GetJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobWithContext is the same as GetJob with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJob for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetJobTemplate = "GetJobTemplate" + +// GetJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetJobTemplate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetJobTemplate for more information on using the GetJobTemplate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetJobTemplateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetJobTemplateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateRequest(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetJobTemplateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetJobTemplate, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetJobTemplateInput{} + } + + output = &GetJobTemplateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve the JSON for a specific job template. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation GetJobTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplate(input *GetJobTemplateInput) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetJobTemplateWithContext is the same as GetJobTemplate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) GetJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetJobTemplateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetPreset = "GetPreset" + +// GetPresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetPreset operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetPreset for more information on using the GetPreset +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetPresetRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetPresetRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset +func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetRequest(input *GetPresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPresetOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetPreset, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetPresetInput{} + } + + output = &GetPresetOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetPreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve the JSON for a specific preset. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation GetPreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPreset +func (c *MediaConvert) GetPreset(input *GetPresetInput) (*GetPresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetPresetWithContext is the same as GetPreset with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetPreset for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) GetPresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetPresetRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetQueue = "GetQueue" + +// GetQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetQueue operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetQueue for more information on using the GetQueue +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetQueueRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetQueueRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueRequest(input *GetQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetQueueOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetQueue, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetQueueInput{} + } + + output = &GetQueueOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve the JSON for a specific queue. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation GetQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueue(input *GetQueueInput) (*GetQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetQueueWithContext is the same as GetQueue with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetQueue for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) GetQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetQueueRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListJobTemplates = "ListJobTemplates" + +// ListJobTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListJobTemplates operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListJobTemplates for more information on using the ListJobTemplates +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListJobTemplatesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListJobTemplatesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesRequest(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobTemplatesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListJobTemplates, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListJobTemplatesInput{} + } + + output = &ListJobTemplatesOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListJobTemplates API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your job templates. This will return +// the templates themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty +// templates, use the nextToken string returned with the array +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation ListJobTemplates for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplates +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplates(input *ListJobTemplatesInput) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListJobTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListJobTemplates with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListJobTemplates for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobTemplatesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListJobTemplatesRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListJobs = "ListJobs" + +// ListJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListJobs operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListJobs for more information on using the ListJobs +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListJobsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListJobsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsRequest(input *ListJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListJobsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListJobs, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobs", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListJobsInput{} + } + + output = &ListJobsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListJobs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your most recently created jobs. +// This array includes in-process, completed, and errored jobs. This will return +// the jobs themselves, not just a list of the jobs. To retrieve the twenty +// next most recent jobs, use the nextToken string returned with the array. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation ListJobs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobs +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobs(input *ListJobsInput) (*ListJobsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListJobsWithContext is the same as ListJobs with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListJobs for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) ListJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListJobsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListJobsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListPresets = "ListPresets" + +// ListPresetsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListPresets operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListPresets for more information on using the ListPresets +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListPresetsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListPresetsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets +func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsRequest(input *ListPresetsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPresetsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListPresets, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListPresetsInput{} + } + + output = &ListPresetsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListPresets API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your presets. This will return the +// presets themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty +// presets, use the nextToken string returned with the array. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation ListPresets for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresets +func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresets(input *ListPresetsInput) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListPresetsWithContext is the same as ListPresets with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListPresets for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) ListPresetsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPresetsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPresetsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListPresetsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListQueues = "ListQueues" + +// ListQueuesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListQueues operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListQueues for more information on using the ListQueues +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListQueuesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListQueuesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues +func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesRequest(input *ListQueuesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListQueuesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListQueues, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListQueuesInput{} + } + + output = &ListQueuesOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListQueues API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Retrieve a JSON array of up to twenty of your queues. This will return the +// queues themselves, not just a list of them. To retrieve the next twenty queues, +// use the nextToken string returned with the array. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation ListQueues for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueues +func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueues(input *ListQueuesInput) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListQueuesWithContext is the same as ListQueues with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListQueues for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) ListQueuesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListQueuesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListQueuesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListQueuesRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateJobTemplate = "UpdateJobTemplate" + +// UpdateJobTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateJobTemplate operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateJobTemplate for more information on using the UpdateJobTemplate +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateJobTemplateRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateJobTemplate, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/jobTemplates/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateJobTemplateInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateJobTemplateOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateJobTemplate API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Modify one of your existing job templates. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation UpdateJobTemplate for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplate +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplate(input *UpdateJobTemplateInput) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateJobTemplateWithContext is the same as UpdateJobTemplate with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateJobTemplate for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateJobTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateJobTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateJobTemplateOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateJobTemplateRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdatePreset = "UpdatePreset" + +// UpdatePresetRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdatePreset operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdatePreset for more information on using the UpdatePreset +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdatePresetRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdatePresetRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetRequest(input *UpdatePresetInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdatePresetOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdatePreset, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/presets/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdatePresetInput{} + } + + output = &UpdatePresetOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdatePreset API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Modify one of your existing presets. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation UpdatePreset for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePreset +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePreset(input *UpdatePresetInput) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdatePresetWithContext is the same as UpdatePreset with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdatePreset for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdatePresetWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdatePresetInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdatePresetOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdatePresetRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateQueue = "UpdateQueue" + +// UpdateQueueRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateQueue operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateQueue for more information on using the UpdateQueue +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateQueueRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateQueueRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueRequest(input *UpdateQueueInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateQueueOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateQueue, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/2017-08-29/queues/{name}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateQueueInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateQueueOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateQueue API operation for AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// Modify one of your existing queues. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaConvert's +// API operation UpdateQueue for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueue +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueue(input *UpdateQueueInput) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateQueueWithContext is the same as UpdateQueue with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateQueue for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaConvert) UpdateQueueWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateQueueInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateQueueOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateQueueRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value AAC. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AacSettings +type AacSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + // + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be + // set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster + // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed + // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, + // the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. + // Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description + // (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType + // and FollowInputAudioType. + AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix *string `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode + // and profile. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // AAC Profile. + CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"AacCodecProfile"` + + // Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values + // depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver + // Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits + // a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in + // the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` + + // Rate Control Mode. + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` + + // Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, + // you must choose "No container" for the output container. + RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` + + // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` + + // Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream + // containers. + Specification *string `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"AacSpecification"` + + // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. + VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AacSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix sets the AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix(v string) *AacSettings { + s.AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *AacSettings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *AacSettings { + s.CodecProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { + s.RawFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AacSettings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpecification sets the Specification field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetSpecification(v string) *AacSettings { + s.Specification = &v + return s +} + +// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { + s.VbrQuality = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value AC3. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Ac3Settings +type Ac3Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC + // A/52-2012 for background on these values. + BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` + + // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` + + // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital, + // dialnorm will be passed through. + Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` + + // If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the + // output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. + DynamicRangeCompressionProfile *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile"` + + // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only + // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. + LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` + + // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, + // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied + // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. + MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` + + // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Ac3Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.BitstreamMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { + s.Dialnorm = &v + return s +} + +// SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile sets the DynamicRangeCompressionProfile field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.LfeFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.MetadataControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Ac3Settings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value AIFF. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AiffSettings +type AiffSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding + // quality for this audio track. + BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` + + // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. + // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo + // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. + Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` + + // Sample rate in hz. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AiffSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AiffSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value. +func (s *AiffSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *AiffSettings { + s.BitDepth = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. +func (s *AiffSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *AiffSettings { + s.Channels = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *AiffSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AiffSettings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for ancillary captions source. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AncillarySourceSettings +type AncillarySourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to + // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. + SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value. +func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings { + s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the +// group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary +// depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec +// enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following +// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings +// * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioCodecSettings +type AudioCodecSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value AAC. + AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value AC3. + Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value AIFF. + AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Type of Audio codec. + Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"AudioCodec"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value EAC3. + Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value MP2. + Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value WAV. + WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.AacSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Ac3Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetAiffSettings sets the AiffSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAiffSettings(v *AiffSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.AiffSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Codec = &v + return s +} + +// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Eac3Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Mp2Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.WavSettings = v + return s +} + +// Description of audio output +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioDescription +type AudioDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings for Audio Normalization + AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, + // specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order + // within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the + // third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have + // an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that + // input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence + // will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio + // Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with + // similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then + // "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically. + AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"` + + // Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between + // 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 + // = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, + // 4-255 = Reserved. + AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"` + + // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then + // that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO + // 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise + // the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and + // audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. + AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioTypeControl"` + + // Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the + // group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary + // depending on the value you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec + // enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following + // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings + // * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings + CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified + // in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language + // Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but + // there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output + // to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified + // for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT + // is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. + LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageCodeControl"` + + // Advanced audio remixing settings. + RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by + // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). Alphanumeric characters, + // spaces, and underscore are legal. + StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioSourceName sets the AudioSourceName field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSourceName(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioSourceName = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v int64) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioType = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioTypeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.CodecSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.LanguageCodeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.RemixSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.StreamName = &v + return s +} + +// Advanced audio normalization settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioNormalizationSettings +type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, + // 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. + Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` + + // When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If + // disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. + AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` + + // Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level. + // Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. Gating only applies + // when not using real_time_correction. + CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"` + + // If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. + LoudnessLogging *string `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging"` + + // If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio + // track loudness. + PeakCalculation *string `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation"` + + // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default + // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) + // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends + // a target of -23 LKFS. + TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.Algorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.AlgorithmControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetCorrectionGateLevel sets the CorrectionGateLevel field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetCorrectionGateLevel(v int64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.CorrectionGateLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLoudnessLogging sets the LoudnessLogging field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetLoudnessLogging(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.LoudnessLogging = &v + return s +} + +// SetPeakCalculation sets the PeakCalculation field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetPeakCalculation(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.PeakCalculation = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.TargetLkfs = &v + return s +} + +// Selector for Audio +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioSelector +type AudioSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector + // or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, + // then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked + // as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input. + DefaultSelection *string `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"AudioDefaultSelection"` + + // Specifies audio data from an external file source. Auto populated when Infer + // External Filename is checked + ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"` + + // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input + // video. + Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"` + + // Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID + // 0x101). + Pids []*int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"` + + // Applies only when input streams contain Dolby E. Enter the program ID (according + // to the metadata in the audio) of the Dolby E program to extract from the + // specified track. One program extracted per audio selector. To select multiple + // programs, create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program + // numbers. "All channels" means to ignore the program IDs and include all the + // channels in this selector; useful if metadata is known to be incorrect. + ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"` + + // Advanced audio remixing settings. + RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the type of the audio selector. + SelectorType *string `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"AudioSelectorType"` + + // Identify the channel to include in this selector by entering the 1-based + // track index. To combine several tracks, enter a comma-separated list, e.g. + // "1,2,3" for tracks 1-3. + Tracks []*int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDefaultSelection sets the DefaultSelection field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetDefaultSelection(v string) *AudioSelector { + s.DefaultSelection = &v + return s +} + +// SetExternalAudioFileInput sets the ExternalAudioFileInput field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetExternalAudioFileInput(v string) *AudioSelector { + s.ExternalAudioFileInput = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetOffset sets the Offset field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetOffset(v int64) *AudioSelector { + s.Offset = &v + return s +} + +// SetPids sets the Pids field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetPids(v []*int64) *AudioSelector { + s.Pids = v + return s +} + +// SetProgramSelection sets the ProgramSelection field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetProgramSelection(v int64) *AudioSelector { + s.ProgramSelection = &v + return s +} + +// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioSelector { + s.RemixSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSelectorType sets the SelectorType field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorType(v string) *AudioSelector { + s.SelectorType = &v + return s +} + +// SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetTracks(v []*int64) *AudioSelector { + s.Tracks = v + return s +} + +// Group of Audio Selectors +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AudioSelectorGroup +type AudioSelectorGroup struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Name of an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector within the same input + // to include in the group. Audio selector names are standardized, based on + // their order within the input (e.g. "Audio Selector 1"). The audio_selector_name + // parameter can be repeated to add any number of audio selectors to the group. + AudioSelectorNames []*string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelectorGroup) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioSelectorNames sets the AudioSelectorNames field's value. +func (s *AudioSelectorGroup) SetAudioSelectorNames(v []*string) *AudioSelectorGroup { + s.AudioSelectorNames = v + return s +} + +// Settings for Avail Blanking +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/AvailBlanking +type AvailBlanking struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png + // images are supported. + AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. +func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v string) *AvailBlanking { + s.AvailBlankingImage = &v + return s +} + +// Burn-In Destination Settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/BurninDestinationSettings +type BurninDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to + // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, + // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. + // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, + // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. + // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or + // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleAlignment"` + + // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for + // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleFontColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` + + // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for + // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must + // match. + FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions + // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already + // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings + // must match. + OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleOutlineColor"` + + // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source + // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub + // font settings must match. + ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleShadowColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving + // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in + // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. + // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used + // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs + // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. + TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing"` + + // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side + // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting + // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, + // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. + // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or + // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the + // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 + // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, + // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option + // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. + // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BurninDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.Alignment = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.FontColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.FontOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.FontResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.FontSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowXOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowYOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextSpacing = &v + return s +} + +// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.XPosition = &v + return s +} + +// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. +func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings { + s.YPosition = &v + return s +} + +// Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJobRequest +type CancelJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Job ID of the job to be cancelled. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CancelJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelJobInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CancelJobInput) SetId(v string) *CancelJobInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CancelJobResponse +type CancelJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Description of Caption output +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDescription +type CaptionDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each + // input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption + // Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from + // each input. + CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string"` + + // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings + // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. + DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the language of the caption output track. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. + // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are + // legal. + LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.CaptionSelectorName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { + s.DestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.LanguageDescription = &v + return s +} + +// Caption Description for preset +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDescriptionPreset +type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings + // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. + DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the language of the caption output track. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. + // English, or Spanish). Alphanumeric characters, spaces, and underscore are + // legal. + LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { + s.DestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset { + s.LanguageDescription = &v + return s +} + +// Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings +// are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionDestinationSettings +type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Burn-In Destination Settings. + BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Type of Caption output, including Burn-In, Embedded, SCC, SRT, TTML, WebVTT, + // DVB-Sub, Teletext. + DestinationType *string `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionDestinationType"` + + // DVB-Sub Destination Settings + DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for SCC caption output. + SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for Teletext caption output + TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information + // (TtmlStylePassthrough). + TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBurninDestinationSettings sets the BurninDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurninDestinationSettings(v *BurninDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.BurninDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationType sets the DestinationType field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDestinationType(v string) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.DestinationType = &v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSccDestinationSettings sets the SccDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSccDestinationSettings(v *SccDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.SccDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// Caption inputs to be mapped to caption outputs. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionSelector +type CaptionSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete + // this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input + // is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or + // PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is + // being passed through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to + // extract a specific language with pass-through captions. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions + // in the input. + SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceSettings sets the SourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSourceSettings(v *CaptionSourceSettings) *CaptionSelector { + s.SourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// Source settings (SourceSettings) contains the group of settings for captions +// in the input. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CaptionSourceSettings +type CaptionSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings for ancillary captions source. + AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + // DVB Sub Source Settings + DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for embedded captions Source + EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for File-based Captions in Source + FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The + // service cannot auto-detect caption format. + SourceType *string `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionSourceType"` + + // Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. + TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.AncillarySourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetFileSourceSettings sets the FileSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetFileSourceSettings(v *FileSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.FileSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetSourceType(v string) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.SourceType = &v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings { + s.TeletextSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the +// remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within +// the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel +// unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ChannelMapping +type ChannelMapping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List of output channels + OutputChannels []*OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ChannelMapping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ChannelMapping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOutputChannels sets the OutputChannels field's value. +func (s *ChannelMapping) SetOutputChannels(v []*OutputChannelMapping) *ChannelMapping { + s.OutputChannels = v + return s +} + +// Settings for color correction. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ColorCorrector +type ColorCorrector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Brightness level. + Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" type:"integer"` + + // Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, + // no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, + // conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's + // colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector + // if necessary. + ColorSpaceConversion *string `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceConversion"` + + // Contrast level. + Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" type:"integer"` + + // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for + // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided + // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 + // in CIE1931 color coordinate. + Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` + + // Hue in degrees. + Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"` + + // Saturation level. + Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ColorCorrector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ColorCorrector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBrightness sets the Brightness field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetBrightness(v int64) *ColorCorrector { + s.Brightness = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorSpaceConversion sets the ColorSpaceConversion field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetColorSpaceConversion(v string) *ColorCorrector { + s.ColorSpaceConversion = &v + return s +} + +// SetContrast sets the Contrast field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetContrast(v int64) *ColorCorrector { + s.Contrast = &v + return s +} + +// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *ColorCorrector { + s.Hdr10Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetHue sets the Hue field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHue(v int64) *ColorCorrector { + s.Hue = &v + return s +} + +// SetSaturation sets the Saturation field's value. +func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSaturation(v int64) *ColorCorrector { + s.Saturation = &v + return s +} + +// Container specific settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ContainerSettings +type ContainerSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. + // If not specified, the default object will be created. + Container *string `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"ContainerType"` + + // Settings for F4v container + F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for M2TS Container. + M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for TS segments in HLS + M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for MOV Container. + MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for MP4 Container + Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ContainerSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ContainerSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContainer sets the Container field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetContainer(v string) *ContainerSettings { + s.Container = &v + return s +} + +// SetF4vSettings sets the F4vSettings field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetF4vSettings(v *F4vSettings) *ContainerSettings { + s.F4vSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ContainerSettings { + s.M2tsSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *ContainerSettings { + s.M3u8Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetMovSettings sets the MovSettings field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMovSettings(v *MovSettings) *ContainerSettings { + s.MovSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetMp4Settings sets the Mp4Settings field's value. +func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMp4Settings(v *Mp4Settings) *ContainerSettings { + s.Mp4Settings = v + return s +} + +// Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally, +// include user metadata and the ARN for the queue. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobRequest +type CreateJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Idempotency token for CreateJob operation. + ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` + + // When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or specify the + // transcoding settings individually + JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` + + // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If + // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, + // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html. + Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, + // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html. + Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` + + // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. + Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` + + // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. + // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. + UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.ClientRequestToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetJobTemplate(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.JobTemplate = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *CreateJobInput { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. +func (s *CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput { + s.UserMetadata = v + return s +} + +// Successful create job requests will return the job JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobResponse +type CreateJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, + // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html + Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJob sets the Job field's value. +func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *CreateJobOutput { + s.Job = v + return s +} + +// Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the +// JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid +// job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplateRequest +type CreateJobTemplateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. A category for the job template you are creating + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // Optional. A description of the job template you are creating. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the job template you are creating. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. + // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. + Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template + // that will be applied to jobs created from it. + Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateJobTemplateResponse +type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use + // to quickly create a job. + JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. +func (s *CreateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *CreateJobTemplateOutput { + s.JobTemplate = v + return s +} + +// Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON +// for the output settings specified by the preset. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePresetRequest +type CreatePresetInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. A category for the preset you are creating. + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // Optional. A description of the preset you are creating. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the preset you are creating. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Settings for preset + Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreatePresetInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePresetInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePresetInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *CreatePresetInput { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreatePresetResponse +type CreatePresetOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that + // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. + Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. +func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *CreatePresetOutput { + s.Preset = v + return s +} + +// Send your create queue request with the name of the queue. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueueRequest +type CreateQueueInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. A description of the queue you are creating. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the queue you are creating. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateQueueInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateQueueInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *CreateQueueInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Successful create queue requests will return the name of the queue you just +// created and information about it. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/CreateQueueResponse +type CreateQueueOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs + // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues + // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. + Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateQueueOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *CreateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *CreateQueueOutput { + s.Queue = v + return s +} + +// Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DashIsoEncryptionSettings +type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to +// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DashIsoGroupSettings +type DashIsoGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the + // top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different + // URL than the manifest file. + BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` + + // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output + // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify + // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input + // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the + // first input file. + Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` + + // DRM settings. + Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible + // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe + // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When + // Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output + // file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other + // output types. + FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // Supports HbbTV specification as indicated + HbbtvCompliance *string `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoHbbtvCompliance"` + + // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth + // playout. + MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"` + + // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally + // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, + // separate segment files will be created. + SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoSegmentControl"` + + // Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end + // on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length + // may be longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal + // to a single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output + // files as in other output types. + SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.BaseUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.Destination = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.FragmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetHbbtvCompliance sets the HbbtvCompliance field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetHbbtvCompliance(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.HbbtvCompliance = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.MinBufferTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.SegmentControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. +func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings { + s.SegmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for deinterlacer +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Deinterlacer +type Deinterlacer struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) + // or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces + // sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) + // OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling + // headline at the bottom of the frame. + Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlaceAlgorithm"` + + // - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames + // that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that + // are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer + // converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged + // as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the + // metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. + // Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive + // into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. + Control *string `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerControl"` + + // Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. + // Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. + // - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. + // - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. + Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Deinterlacer) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Deinterlacer) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. +func (s *Deinterlacer) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Deinterlacer { + s.Algorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetControl sets the Control field's value. +func (s *Deinterlacer) SetControl(v string) *Deinterlacer { + s.Control = &v + return s +} + +// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. +func (s *Deinterlacer) SetMode(v string) *Deinterlacer { + s.Mode = &v + return s +} + +// Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplateRequest +type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job template to be deleted. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteJobTemplateInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteJobTemplateInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with +// an empty body. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteJobTemplateResponse +type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePresetRequest +type DeletePresetInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the preset to be deleted. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePresetInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeletePresetInput) SetName(v string) *DeletePresetInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an +// empty body. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeletePresetResponse +type DeletePresetOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueueRequest +type DeleteQueueInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the queue to be deleted. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteQueueInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteQueueInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteQueueInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteQueueInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Delete queue requests will return an OK message or error message with an +// empty body. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DeleteQueueResponse +type DeleteQueueOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteQueueOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your +// account API endpoint. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpointsRequest +type DescribeEndpointsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at + // one time. + MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` + + // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request + // the next batch of endpoints. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeEndpointsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DescribeEndpointsResponse +type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List of endpoints + Endpoints []*Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"` + + // Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEndpoints sets the Endpoints field's value. +func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints(v []*Endpoint) *DescribeEndpointsOutput { + s.Endpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition +// interval. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbNitSettings +type DvbNitSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). + NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"` + + // The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network + // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" type:"string"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { + s.NetworkId = &v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { + s.NetworkName = &v + return s +} + +// SetNitInterval sets the NitInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNitInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { + s.NitInterval = &v + return s +} + +// Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition +// interval. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSdtSettings +type DvbSdtSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input + // SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input + // SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream + // if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on + // the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT + // information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. + OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"OutputSdt"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" type:"integer"` + + // The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description + // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"` + + // The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service + // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.OutputSdt = &v + return s +} + +// SetSdtInterval sets the SdtInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetSdtInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.SdtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.ServiceName = &v + return s +} + +// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.ServiceProviderName = &v + return s +} + +// DVB-Sub Destination Settings +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSubDestinationSettings +type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to + // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, + // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. + // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, + // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. + // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or + // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleAlignment"` + + // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for + // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleFontColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` + + // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for + // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must + // match. + FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions + // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already + // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings + // must match. + OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleOutlineColor"` + + // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source + // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub + // font settings must match. + ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleShadowColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving + // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in + // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. + // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used + // to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs + // and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. + TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing"` + + // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side + // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting + // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, + // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. + // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or + // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the + // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 + // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, + // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option + // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. + // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.Alignment = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowXOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowYOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextSpacing = &v + return s +} + +// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.XPosition = &v + return s +} + +// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.YPosition = &v + return s +} + +// DVB Sub Source Settings +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbSubSourceSettings +type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source + // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, + // regardless of selectors. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/DvbTdtSettings +type DvbTdtSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetTdtInterval sets the TdtInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetTdtInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { + s.TdtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value EAC3. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Eac3Settings +type Eac3Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. + // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See + // ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. + BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` + + // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` + + // Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. + DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` + + // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital + // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. + Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` + + // Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level + // for a signal. + DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine"` + + // Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal + // peaks do not exceed specified levels. + DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf"` + + // When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled + LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` + + // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only + // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. + LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` + + // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid + // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 + LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid + // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 + LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid + // values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 + LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.Valid + // values: -1.5 -3.0 -4.5 -6.0 -60 + LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, + // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied + // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. + MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` + + // When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is + // present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. + // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent + // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. + PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` + + // Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only + // used for 3/2 coding mode. + PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` + + // Sample rate in hz. Sample rate is always 48000. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` + + // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` + + // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel + // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. + SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` + + // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into + // the two channels. + SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.AttenuationControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.BitstreamMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DcFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { + s.Dialnorm = &v + return s +} + +// SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DynamicRangeCompressionLine = &v + return s +} + +// SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DynamicRangeCompressionRf = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.LfeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.LfeFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.MetadataControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.PassthroughControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.PhaseControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3Settings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.StereoDownmix = &v + return s +} + +// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.SurroundExMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.SurroundMode = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for embedded captions Source +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/EmbeddedSourceSettings +type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility + // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data + // present in the source content will be discarded. + Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` + + // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to + // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. + Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system + // only supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'. + Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Convert608To708 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Source608TrackNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Describes account specific API endpoint +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Endpoint +type Endpoint struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // URL of endpoint + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Endpoint) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Endpoint) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *Endpoint) SetUrl(v string) *Endpoint { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for F4v container +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/F4vSettings +type F4vSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning + // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed + // normally at the end. + MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"F4vMoovPlacement"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s F4vSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s F4vSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value. +func (s *F4vSettings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *F4vSettings { + s.MoovPlacement = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to +// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FileGroupSettings +type FileGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output + // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify + // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input + // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the + // first input file. + Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FileGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FileGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *FileGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *FileGroupSettings { + s.Destination = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for File-based Captions in Source +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FileSourceSettings +type FileSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 + // compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into + // 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded. + Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"FileSourceConvert608To708"` + + // External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions + // are 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', and 'smi'. Auto-populated when Infer + // External Filename is checked. + SourceFile *string `locationName:"sourceFile" type:"string"` + + // Specifies a time delta in seconds to offset the captions from the source + // file. + TimeDelta *int64 `locationName:"timeDelta" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FileSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FileSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. +func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *FileSourceSettings { + s.Convert608To708 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSourceFile sets the SourceFile field's value. +func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetSourceFile(v string) *FileSourceSettings { + s.SourceFile = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelta sets the TimeDelta field's value. +func (s *FileSourceSettings) SetTimeDelta(v int64) *FileSourceSettings { + s.TimeDelta = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value FRAME_CAPTURE. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/FrameCaptureSettings +type FrameCaptureSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one + // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, + // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of + // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. + // Files will be named as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number + // of each Capture. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one + // frame every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, + // settings of framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of + // 1/3 frame per second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. + // Files will be named as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame + // sequence number zero padded to 7 decimal places. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files). + MaxCaptures *int64 `locationName:"maxCaptures" type:"integer"` + + // JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality. + Quality *int64 `locationName:"quality" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxCaptures sets the MaxCaptures field's value. +func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetMaxCaptures(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { + s.MaxCaptures = &v + return s +} + +// SetQuality sets the Quality field's value. +func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetQuality(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { + s.Quality = &v + return s +} + +// Query a job by sending a request with the job ID. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobRequest +type GetJobInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // the job ID of the job. + // + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *GetJobInput) SetId(v string) *GetJobInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Successful get job requests will return an OK message and the job JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobResponse +type GetJobOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, + // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html + Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJob sets the Job field's value. +func (s *GetJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *GetJobOutput { + s.Job = v + return s +} + +// Query a job template by sending a request with the job template name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplateRequest +type GetJobTemplateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the job template. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobTemplateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetJobTemplateInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *GetJobTemplateInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Successful get job template requests will return an OK message and the job +// template JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetJobTemplateResponse +type GetJobTemplateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use + // to quickly create a job. + JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. +func (s *GetJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *GetJobTemplateOutput { + s.JobTemplate = v + return s +} + +// Query a preset by sending a request with the preset name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPresetRequest +type GetPresetInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the preset. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPresetInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPresetInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetPresetInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPresetInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetPresetInput) SetName(v string) *GetPresetInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Successful get preset requests will return an OK message and the preset JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetPresetResponse +type GetPresetOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that + // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. + Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetPresetOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetPresetOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. +func (s *GetPresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *GetPresetOutput { + s.Preset = v + return s +} + +// Query a queue by sending a request with the queue name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueueRequest +type GetQueueInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the queue. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetQueueInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetQueueInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetQueueInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetQueueInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *GetQueueInput) SetName(v string) *GetQueueInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Successful get queue requests will return an OK message and the queue JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/GetQueueResponse +type GetQueueOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs + // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues + // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. + Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetQueueOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetQueueOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *GetQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *GetQueueOutput { + s.Queue = v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value H_264. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/H264Settings +type H264Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual + // quality. + AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits + // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as + // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded + // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // H.264 Level. + CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecLevel"` + + // H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the + // AVC-I License. + CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H264CodecProfile"` + + // Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. + EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` + + // Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. + FieldEncoding *string `locationName:"fieldEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264FieldEncoding"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. + FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want + // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this + // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. + FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` + + // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. + FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` + + // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify + // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use + // FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this + // example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the + // console for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, provide the value + // as a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 + // fps. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > + // 1. + GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` + + // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that + // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame + // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. + GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` + + // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than + // zero. + GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` + + // Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds + // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. + GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` + + // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). + HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` + + // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 + // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. + HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` + + // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. + // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce + // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top + // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default + // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, + // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the + // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow + // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and + // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be + // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending + // on which of the Follow options you chose. + InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H264InterlaceMode"` + + // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be + // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 + // or 0.5m. + MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted + // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval + // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene + // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting + // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is + // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch + // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 + MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Number of B-frames between reference frames. + NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` + + // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested + // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. + NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` + + // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the + // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing + // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. + ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. + ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. + ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to + // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass + // video encoding. + QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityTuningLevel"` + + // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) + // does not write HRD parameters. + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` + + // Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. + RepeatPps *string `locationName:"repeatPps" type:"string" enum:"H264RepeatPps"` + + // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). + SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` + + // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of + // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half + // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. + Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` + + // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled + // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. + SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H264SlowPal"` + + // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content + // in the encoded image. + Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content + // complexity. + SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. + Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` + + // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) + // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors + // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced + // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, + // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output + // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output + // to 29.97i. + Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H264Telecine"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content + // complexity. + TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. + UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s H264Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { + s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H264Settings { + s.CodecLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H264Settings { + s.CodecProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { + s.EntropyEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetFieldEncoding sets the FieldEncoding field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFieldEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FieldEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { + s.GopBReference = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.GopClosedCadence = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { + s.GopSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { + s.GopSizeUnits = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.HrdBufferSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H264Settings { + s.InterlaceMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.MaxBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.MinIInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { + s.ParControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.ParDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.ParNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H264Settings { + s.QualityTuningLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetRepeatPps sets the RepeatPps field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetRepeatPps(v string) *H264Settings { + s.RepeatPps = &v + return s +} + +// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { + s.SceneChangeDetect = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Slices = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H264Settings { + s.SlowPal = &v + return s +} + +// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Softness = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { + s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { + s.Syntax = &v + return s +} + +// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H264Settings { + s.Telecine = &v + return s +} + +// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { + s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H264Settings { + s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for H265 codec +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/H265Settings +type H265Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual + // quality. + AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid + // Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). + AlternateTransferFunctionSei *string `locationName:"alternateTransferFunctionSei" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits + // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as + // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded + // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // H.265 Level. + CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecLevel"` + + // Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections + // are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile + // with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. + CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"H265CodecProfile"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. + FlickerAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"flickerAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want + // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this + // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. + FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateControl"` + + // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. + FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` + + // Framerate denominator. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 + // fps. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > + // 1. + GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H265GopBReference"` + + // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that + // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame + // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. + GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` + + // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than + // zero. + GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` + + // Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds + // the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. + GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"` + + // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). + HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` + + // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 + // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. + HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` + + // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. + // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce + // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top + // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default + // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, + // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the + // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow + // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and + // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be + // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending + // on which of the Follow options you chose. + InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"H265InterlaceMode"` + + // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be + // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 + // or 0.5m. + MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted + // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval + // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene + // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting + // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is + // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch + // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 + MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Number of B-frames between reference frames. + NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` + + // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested + // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. + NumberReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` + + // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the + // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing + // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. + ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H265ParControl"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. + ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. + ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to + // use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass + // video encoding. + QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"H265QualityTuningLevel"` + + // Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) + // does not write HRD parameters. + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"` + + // Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically + // selects best strength based on content + SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode *string `locationName:"sampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode" type:"string" enum:"H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode"` + + // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). + SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"` + + // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of + // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half + // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures. + Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` + + // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled + // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. + SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"H265SlowPal"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content + // complexity. + SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) + // field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors + // > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced + // Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, + // Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output + // from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output + // to 29.97i. + Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"H265Telecine"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content + // complexity. + TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers + // are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, + // reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can + // form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal + // layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream + // with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder + // could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and + // P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. + TemporalIds *string `locationName:"temporalIds" type:"string" enum:"H265TemporalIds"` + + // Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision + // of the encoded pictures. + Tiles *string `locationName:"tiles" type:"string" enum:"H265Tiles"` + + // Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. + UnregisteredSeiTimecode *string `locationName:"unregisteredSeiTimecode" type:"string" enum:"H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s H265Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s H265Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { + s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei sets the AlternateTransferFunctionSei field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternateTransferFunctionSei(v string) *H265Settings { + s.AlternateTransferFunctionSei = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *H265Settings { + s.CodecLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *H265Settings { + s.CodecProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization sets the FlickerAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { + s.FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H265Settings { + s.FramerateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *H265Settings { + s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H265Settings { + s.GopBReference = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.GopClosedCadence = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings { + s.GopSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings { + s.GopSizeUnits = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.HrdBufferSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *H265Settings { + s.InterlaceMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.MaxBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.MinIInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberReferenceFrames sets the NumberReferenceFrames field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetNumberReferenceFrames(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.NumberReferenceFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H265Settings { + s.ParControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.ParDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.ParNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *H265Settings { + s.QualityTuningLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode sets the SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetSampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode(v string) *H265Settings { + s.SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings { + s.SceneChangeDetect = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings { + s.Slices = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *H265Settings { + s.SlowPal = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { + s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *H265Settings { + s.Telecine = &v + return s +} + +// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { + s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetTemporalIds sets the TemporalIds field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetTemporalIds(v string) *H265Settings { + s.TemporalIds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTiles sets the Tiles field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetTiles(v string) *H265Settings { + s.Tiles = &v + return s +} + +// SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode sets the UnregisteredSeiTimecode field's value. +func (s *H265Settings) SetUnregisteredSeiTimecode(v string) *H265Settings { + s.UnregisteredSeiTimecode = &v + return s +} + +// Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for +// HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided +// by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 +// in CIE1931 color coordinate. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Hdr10Metadata +type Hdr10Metadata struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + BluePrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryX" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + BluePrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"bluePrimaryY" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + GreenPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryX" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + GreenPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"greenPrimaryY" type:"integer"` + + // Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units + // of candelas per square meter. + MaxContentLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxContentLightLevel" type:"integer"` + + // Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in + // units of candelas per square meter. + MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int64 `locationName:"maxFrameAverageLightLevel" type:"integer"` + + // Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas + // per square meter. + MaxLuminance *int64 `locationName:"maxLuminance" type:"integer"` + + // Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas + // per square meter + MinLuminance *int64 `locationName:"minLuminance" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + RedPrimaryX *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryX" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + RedPrimaryY *int64 `locationName:"redPrimaryY" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + WhitePointX *int64 `locationName:"whitePointX" type:"integer"` + + // HDR Master Display Information comes from the color grader and the color + // grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in + // CIE1931 color coordinate. + WhitePointY *int64 `locationName:"whitePointY" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Hdr10Metadata) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Hdr10Metadata) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBluePrimaryX sets the BluePrimaryX field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.BluePrimaryX = &v + return s +} + +// SetBluePrimaryY sets the BluePrimaryY field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetBluePrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.BluePrimaryY = &v + return s +} + +// SetGreenPrimaryX sets the GreenPrimaryX field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.GreenPrimaryX = &v + return s +} + +// SetGreenPrimaryY sets the GreenPrimaryY field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetGreenPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.GreenPrimaryY = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxContentLightLevel sets the MaxContentLightLevel field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxContentLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.MaxContentLightLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel sets the MaxFrameAverageLightLevel field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxFrameAverageLightLevel(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.MaxFrameAverageLightLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxLuminance sets the MaxLuminance field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMaxLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.MaxLuminance = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinLuminance sets the MinLuminance field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetMinLuminance(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.MinLuminance = &v + return s +} + +// SetRedPrimaryX sets the RedPrimaryX field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.RedPrimaryX = &v + return s +} + +// SetRedPrimaryY sets the RedPrimaryY field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetRedPrimaryY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.RedPrimaryY = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitePointX sets the WhitePointX field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointX(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.WhitePointX = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitePointY sets the WhitePointY field's value. +func (s *Hdr10Metadata) SetWhitePointY(v int64) *Hdr10Metadata { + s.WhitePointY = &v + return s +} + +// Caption Language Mapping +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsCaptionLanguageMapping +type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Caption channel. + CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"` + + // Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit + // code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"` + + // Caption language description. + LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. +func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { + s.CaptionChannel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. +func (s *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *HlsCaptionLanguageMapping { + s.LanguageDescription = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for HLS encryption +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsEncryptionSettings +type HlsEncryptionSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string. + // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the + // segment number by default. + ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` + + // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. + // Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. + EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` + + // The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the + // key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed + // in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. + InitializationVectorInManifest *string `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsInitializationVectorInManifest"` + + // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. + StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption. + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"HlsKeyProviderType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.EncryptionMethod = &v + return s +} + +// SetInitializationVectorInManifest sets the InitializationVectorInManifest field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.InitializationVectorInManifest = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// SetStaticKeyProvider sets the StaticKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider(v *StaticKeyProvider) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.StaticKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryptionSettings) SetType(v string) *HlsEncryptionSettings { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to +// HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsGroupSettings +type HlsGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this + // group of Apple HLS outputs. + AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` + + // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 + // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than + // the main .m3u8 file. + BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"` + + // Language to be used on Caption outputs + CaptionLanguageMappings []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` + + // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS + // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language + // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. + // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the + // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption + // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in + // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include + // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS + // line from the manifest. + CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` + + // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client + // from saving media segments for later replay. + ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` + + // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist + // generation. + CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` + + // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output + // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify + // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input + // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the + // first input file. + Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` + + // Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. + DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` + + // DRM settings. + Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. + ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` + + // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for + // segment duration. + ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` + + // When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within + // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if + // needed. + MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS + // output group. + OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` + + // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. + // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are + // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using + // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. + ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` + + // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. + ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` + + // When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, + // uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. + SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentControl"` + + // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that + // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual + // segment length may be longer. + SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. + // directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect. + SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" type:"integer"` + + // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag + // of variant manifest. + StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` + + // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. + TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` + + // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. + TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` + + // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. + TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.AdMarkers = v + return s +} + +// SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.BaseUrl = &v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*HlsCaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v + return s +} + +// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ClientCache = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CodecSpecification = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.Destination = &v + return s +} + +// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.DirectoryStructure = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *HlsEncryptionSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ManifestCompression = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.MinSegmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.OutputSelection = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ProgramDateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.StreamInfResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for HLS output groups +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/HlsSettings +type HlsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. + AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` + + // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input + // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. + AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` + + // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream + // The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth + // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate + // Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try + // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest + // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default + // Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented + // as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate + // Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to + // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with + // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO + AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"HlsAudioTrackType"` + + // When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS + // manifest + IFrameOnlyManifest *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIFrameOnlyManifest"` + + // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. Accepts "Format Identifiers":#format_identifier_parameters. + SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *HlsSettings { + s.AudioGroupId = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *HlsSettings { + s.AudioRenditionSets = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *HlsSettings { + s.AudioTrackType = &v + return s +} + +// SetIFrameOnlyManifest sets the IFrameOnlyManifest field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetIFrameOnlyManifest(v string) *HlsSettings { + s.IFrameOnlyManifest = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsSettings { + s.SegmentModifier = &v + return s +} + +// To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) +// to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify +// the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in +// your output, create mulitple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion). +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Id3Insertion +type Id3Insertion struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a tag value in base64-encode format. + Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string"` + + // Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format. + Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Id3Insertion) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Id3Insertion) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value. +func (s *Id3Insertion) SetId3(v string) *Id3Insertion { + s.Id3 = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. +func (s *Id3Insertion) SetTimecode(v string) *Id3Insertion { + s.Timecode = &v + return s +} + +// Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay +// on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. +// This setting is disabled by default. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ImageInserter +type ImageInserter struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Image to insert. Must be 32 bit windows BMP, PNG, or TGA file. Must not be + // larger than the output frames. + InsertableImages []*InsertableImage `locationName:"insertableImages" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ImageInserter) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ImageInserter) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInsertableImages sets the InsertableImages field's value. +func (s *ImageInserter) SetInsertableImages(v []*InsertableImage) *ImageInserter { + s.InsertableImages = v + return s +} + +// Specifies media input +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Input +type Input struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may + // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group + // for more information. + AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` + + // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks + // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio + // selectors per input. + AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` + + // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from + // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions + // selectors per input. + CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` + + // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. + // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed + // video inputs. + DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` + + // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default + // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video + // inputs. + DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` + + // Use Input (fileInput) to define the source file used in the transcode job. + // There can be multiple inputs in a job. These inputs are concantenated, in + // the order they are specified in the job, to create the output. + FileInput *string `locationName:"fileInput" type:"string"` + + // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service + // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters + // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). + // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending + // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is + // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). + // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. + FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"` + + // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter + // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. + FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` + + // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify + // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start + // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you + // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When + // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the + // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. + InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` + + // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program + // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is + // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify + // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. + ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify + // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio + // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. + PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"` + + // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information + // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default + // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the + // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode + // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set + // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start + // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). + TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` + + // Selector for video. + VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Input) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Input) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value. +func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *Input { + s.AudioSelectorGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. +func (s *Input) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *Input { + s.AudioSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. +func (s *Input) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *Input { + s.CaptionSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. +func (s *Input) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *Input { + s.DeblockFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. +func (s *Input) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *Input { + s.DenoiseFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetFileInput sets the FileInput field's value. +func (s *Input) SetFileInput(v string) *Input { + s.FileInput = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value. +func (s *Input) SetFilterEnable(v string) *Input { + s.FilterEnable = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. +func (s *Input) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *Input { + s.FilterStrength = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value. +func (s *Input) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *Input { + s.InputClippings = v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. +func (s *Input) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *Input { + s.ProgramNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value. +func (s *Input) SetPsiControl(v string) *Input { + s.PsiControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value. +func (s *Input) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *Input { + s.TimecodeSource = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. +func (s *Input) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *Input { + s.VideoSelector = v + return s +} + +// Include one instance of (InputClipping) for each input clip. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InputClipping +type InputClipping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you + // are clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included + // in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. + // When choosing this value, take into account your setting for Input timecode + // source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 + // and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, use 01:00:05:00. + EndTimecode *string `locationName:"endTimecode" type:"string"` + + // Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the + // input you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value + // is included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, + // but not both. When choosing this value, take into account your setting for + // Input timecode source. For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start + // at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin five minutes into the video, + // use 01:00:05:00. + StartTimecode *string `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputClipping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputClipping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetEndTimecode sets the EndTimecode field's value. +func (s *InputClipping) SetEndTimecode(v string) *InputClipping { + s.EndTimecode = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value. +func (s *InputClipping) SetStartTimecode(v string) *InputClipping { + s.StartTimecode = &v + return s +} + +// Specified video input in a template. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InputTemplate +type InputTemplate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies set of audio selectors within an input to combine. An input may + // have multiple audio selector groups. See "Audio Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group + // for more information. + AudioSelectorGroups map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup `locationName:"audioSelectorGroups" type:"map"` + + // Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks + // from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple Audio + // selectors per input. + AudioSelectors map[string]*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"map"` + + // Use Captions selectors (CaptionSelectors) to specify the captions data from + // the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use mutiple captions + // selectors per input. + CaptionSelectors map[string]*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"map"` + + // Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. + // Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed + // video inputs. + DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` + + // Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default + // is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video + // inputs. + DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` + + // Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service + // applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters + // separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). + // * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending + // on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is + // true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). + // * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. + FilterEnable *string `locationName:"filterEnable" type:"string" enum:"InputFilterEnable"` + + // Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter + // settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0. + FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` + + // (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify + // a portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start + // time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you + // provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When + // you specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the + // job outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them. + InputClippings []*InputClipping `locationName:"inputClippings" type:"list"` + + // Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a multi-program + // transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is + // the first program within the transport stream. If the program you specify + // doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default. + ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify + // which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio + // and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. + PsiControl *string `locationName:"psiControl" type:"string" enum:"InputPsiControl"` + + // Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information + // from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default + // is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the + // input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode + // for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set + // the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start + // (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). + TimecodeSource *string `locationName:"timecodeSource" type:"string" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` + + // Selector for video. + VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputTemplate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputTemplate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioSelectorGroups sets the AudioSelectorGroups field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectorGroups(v map[string]*AudioSelectorGroup) *InputTemplate { + s.AudioSelectorGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetAudioSelectors(v map[string]*AudioSelector) *InputTemplate { + s.AudioSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetCaptionSelectors(v map[string]*CaptionSelector) *InputTemplate { + s.CaptionSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputTemplate { + s.DeblockFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputTemplate { + s.DenoiseFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterEnable sets the FilterEnable field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterEnable(v string) *InputTemplate { + s.FilterEnable = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputTemplate { + s.FilterStrength = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputClippings sets the InputClippings field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetInputClippings(v []*InputClipping) *InputTemplate { + s.InputClippings = v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *InputTemplate { + s.ProgramNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetPsiControl sets the PsiControl field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetPsiControl(v string) *InputTemplate { + s.PsiControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeSource sets the TimecodeSource field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetTimecodeSource(v string) *InputTemplate { + s.TimecodeSource = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. +func (s *InputTemplate) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputTemplate { + s.VideoSelector = v + return s +} + +// Settings for Insertable Image +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/InsertableImage +type InsertableImage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Duration (Duration) to set the time, in milliseconds, for the image to + // remain on the output video. + Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` + + // Use Fade in (FadeIut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted + // image fade in. If you don't specify a value for Fade in, the image will appear + // abruptly at the Start time. + FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` + + // Use Fade out (FadeOut) to set the length, in milliseconds, of the inserted + // image fade out. If you don't specify a value for Fade out, the image will + // disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration. + FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` + + // Specify the Height (Height) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less + // than or equal to the video resolution height. Leave this setting blank to + // use the native height of the image. + Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` + + // Use Image location (imageInserterInput) to specify the Amazon S3 location + // of the image to be inserted into the output. Use a 32 bit BMP, PNG, or TGA + // file that fits inside the video frame. + ImageInserterInput *string `locationName:"imageInserterInput" type:"string"` + + // Use Left (ImageX) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image + // and the left edge of the frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. + ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` + + // Use Top (ImageY) to set the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image + // and the top edge of the video frame. Required for BMP, PNG and TGA input. + ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` + + // Use Layer (Layer) to specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images + // with higher values of layer appear on top of images with lower values of + // layer. + Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` + + // Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through + // the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is + // 50. + Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` + + // Use Start time (StartTime) to specify the video timecode when the image is + // inserted in the output. This must be in timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF) + StartTime *string `locationName:"startTime" type:"string"` + + // Specify the Width (Width) of the inserted image. Use a value that is less + // than or equal to the video resolution width. Leave this setting blank to + // use the native width of the image. + Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InsertableImage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InsertableImage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetDuration(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.Duration = &v + return s +} + +// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeIn(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.FadeIn = &v + return s +} + +// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetFadeOut(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.FadeOut = &v + return s +} + +// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetHeight(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.Height = &v + return s +} + +// SetImageInserterInput sets the ImageInserterInput field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageInserterInput(v string) *InsertableImage { + s.ImageInserterInput = &v + return s +} + +// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageX(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.ImageX = &v + return s +} + +// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetImageY(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.ImageY = &v + return s +} + +// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetLayer(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.Layer = &v + return s +} + +// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetOpacity(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.Opacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetStartTime(v string) *InsertableImage { + s.StartTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. +func (s *InsertableImage) SetWidth(v int64) *InsertableImage { + s.Width = &v + return s +} + +// Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, +// see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Job +type Job struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // Error code for the job + ErrorCode *int64 `locationName:"errorCode" type:"integer"` + + // Error message of Job + ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` + + // A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert + // resources + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job + // template. + JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"` + + // List of output group details + OutputGroupDetails []*OutputGroupDetail `locationName:"outputGroupDetails" type:"list"` + + // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If + // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, + // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html + Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, + // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html + Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string"` + + // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. + Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` + + // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. + Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"` + + // Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified + // in Unix epoch format in seconds. + Timing *Timing `locationName:"timing" type:"structure"` + + // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. + // You specify metadata in key/value pairs. + UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Job) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Job) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Job) SetArn(v string) *Job { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *Job) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Job { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetErrorCode sets the ErrorCode field's value. +func (s *Job) SetErrorCode(v int64) *Job { + s.ErrorCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. +func (s *Job) SetErrorMessage(v string) *Job { + s.ErrorMessage = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *Job) SetId(v string) *Job { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. +func (s *Job) SetJobTemplate(v string) *Job { + s.JobTemplate = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroupDetails sets the OutputGroupDetails field's value. +func (s *Job) SetOutputGroupDetails(v []*OutputGroupDetail) *Job { + s.OutputGroupDetails = v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *Job) SetQueue(v string) *Job { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetRole sets the Role field's value. +func (s *Job) SetRole(v string) *Job { + s.Role = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *Job) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *Job { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *Job) SetStatus(v string) *Job { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetTiming sets the Timing field's value. +func (s *Job) SetTiming(v *Timing) *Job { + s.Timing = v + return s +} + +// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value. +func (s *Job) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *Job { + s.UserMetadata = v + return s +} + +// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobSettings +type JobSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail + // PTS time. + AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an + // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. + AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` + + // Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There + // can be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together + // to create the output. + Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` + + // Settings for Nielsen Configuration + NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs + // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, + // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as + // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the + // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) + // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are + // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, + // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, + // MsSmoothGroupSettings + OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` + + // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. + TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` + + // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags + // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it + // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion + // (Id3Insertion) objects. + TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobSettings { + s.AdAvailOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobSettings { + s.AvailBlanking = v + return s +} + +// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetInputs(v []*Input) *JobSettings { + s.Inputs = v + return s +} + +// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobSettings { + s.NielsenConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobSettings { + s.OutputGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobSettings { + s.TimecodeConfig = v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value. +func (s *JobSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobSettings { + s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v + return s +} + +// A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use +// to quickly create a job. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobTemplate +type JobTemplate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // An optional category you create to organize your job templates. + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // An optional description you create for each job template. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within + // your account. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. + // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue. + Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template + // that will be applied to jobs created from it. + Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` + + // A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in + // job templates can’t be modified or deleted by the user. + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobTemplate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobTemplate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetArn(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetCategory(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *JobTemplate { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetDescription(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *JobTemplate { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetName(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetQueue(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *JobTemplate { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *JobTemplate) SetType(v string) *JobTemplate { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template +// that will be applied to jobs created from it. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/JobTemplateSettings +type JobTemplateSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail + // PTS time. + AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an + // image, and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. + AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` + + // Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. + // There can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include + // multiple inputs when referencing a job template. + Inputs []*InputTemplate `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` + + // Settings for Nielsen Configuration + NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + // **!!**(OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs + // that share a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, + // Quicktime, MXF, and no container) are grouped in a single output group as + // well. Required in (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the + // whole group. This required object depends on the value you set for (Type) + // under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are + // as follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, + // HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, + // MsSmoothGroupSettings + OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` + + // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. + TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` + + // Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags + // in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it + // in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion + // (Id3Insertion) objects. + TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion `locationName:"timedMetadataInsertion" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s JobTemplateSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s JobTemplateSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.AdAvailOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.AvailBlanking = v + return s +} + +// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetInputs(v []*InputTemplate) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.Inputs = v + return s +} + +// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.NielsenConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.OutputGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.TimecodeConfig = v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataInsertion sets the TimedMetadataInsertion field's value. +func (s *JobTemplateSettings) SetTimedMetadataInsertion(v *TimedMetadataInsertion) *JobTemplateSettings { + s.TimedMetadataInsertion = v + return s +} + +// You can send list job templates requests with an empty body. Optionally, +// you can filter the response by category by specifying it in your request +// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of +// job templates to be returned. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplatesRequest +type ListJobTemplatesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optionally, specify a job template category to limit responses to only job + // templates from that category. + Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list + // them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't + // specify, the service will list them by name. + ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"JobTemplateListBy"` + + // Optional. Number of job templates, up to twenty, that will be returned at + // one time. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` + + // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request + // the next batch of job templates. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they + // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. + Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListJobTemplatesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { + s.ListBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobTemplatesInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobTemplatesInput { + s.Order = &v + return s +} + +// Successful list job templates requests return a JSON array of job templates. +// If you do not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them in alphabetical +// order by name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobTemplatesResponse +type ListJobTemplatesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List of Job templates. + JobTemplates []*JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplates" type:"list"` + + // Use this string to request the next batch of job templates. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListJobTemplatesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobTemplates sets the JobTemplates field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetJobTemplates(v []*JobTemplate) *ListJobTemplatesOutput { + s.JobTemplates = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListJobTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobTemplatesOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// You can send list jobs requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can filter +// the response by queue and/or job status by specifying them in your request +// body. You can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of +// jobs to be returned. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobsRequest +type ListJobsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. Number of jobs, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` + + // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request + // the next batch of jobs. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they + // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. + Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` + + // Provide a queue name to get back only jobs from that queue. + Queue *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. + Status *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"JobStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListJobsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListJobsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListJobsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. +func (s *ListJobsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListJobsInput { + s.Order = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *ListJobsInput) SetQueue(v string) *ListJobsInput { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *ListJobsInput) SetStatus(v string) *ListJobsInput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Successful list jobs requests return a JSON array of jobs. If you do not +// specify how they are ordered, you will receive the most recently created +// first. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListJobsResponse +type ListJobsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List of jobs + Jobs []*Job `locationName:"jobs" type:"list"` + + // Use this string to request the next batch of jobs. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListJobsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListJobsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobs sets the Jobs field's value. +func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetJobs(v []*Job) *ListJobsOutput { + s.Jobs = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListJobsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// You can send list presets requests with an empty body. Optionally, you can +// filter the response by category by specifying it in your request body. You +// can also optionally specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to +// be returned. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresetsRequest +type ListPresetsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optionally, specify a preset category to limit responses to only presets + // from that category. + Category *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them + // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't + // specify, the service will list them by name. + ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"PresetListBy"` + + // Optional. Number of presets, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` + + // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request + // the next batch of presets. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they + // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. + Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPresetsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPresetsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetCategory(v string) *ListPresetsInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListPresetsInput { + s.ListBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListPresetsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListPresetsInput { + s.Order = &v + return s +} + +// Successful list presets requests return a JSON array of presets. If you do +// not specify how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by +// name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListPresetsResponse +type ListPresetsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this string to request the next batch of presets. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // List of presets + Presets []*Preset `locationName:"presets" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListPresetsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListPresetsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListPresetsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPresets sets the Presets field's value. +func (s *ListPresetsOutput) SetPresets(v []*Preset) *ListPresetsOutput { + s.Presets = v + return s +} + +// You can send list queues requests with an empty body. You can optionally +// specify the maximum number, up to twenty, of queues to be returned. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueuesRequest +type ListQueuesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them + // alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't + // specify, the service will list them by creation date. + ListBy *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"listBy" type:"string" enum:"QueueListBy"` + + // Optional. Number of queues, up to twenty, that will be returned at one time. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"` + + // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request + // the next batch of queues. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they + // are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. + Order *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"order" type:"string" enum:"Order"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListQueuesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListQueuesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetListBy sets the ListBy field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetListBy(v string) *ListQueuesInput { + s.ListBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListQueuesInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOrder sets the Order field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesInput) SetOrder(v string) *ListQueuesInput { + s.Order = &v + return s +} + +// Successful list queues return a JSON array of queues. If you do not specify +// how they are ordered, you will receive them alphabetically by name. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ListQueuesResponse +type ListQueuesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use this string to request the next batch of queues. + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + // List of queues + Queues []*Queue `locationName:"queues" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListQueuesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListQueuesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListQueuesOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueues sets the Queues field's value. +func (s *ListQueuesOutput) SetQueues(v []*Queue) *ListQueuesOutput { + s.Queues = v + return s +} + +// Settings for M2TS Container. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/M2tsSettings +type M2tsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. + AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` + + // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. + AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport + // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or + // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. + AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` + + // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to + // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other common + // values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, + // use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, + // but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. + BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` + + // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition + // interval. + DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition + // interval. + DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. + // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma + // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. + DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` + + // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. + DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` + + // When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to + // partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be + // fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When + // set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only + // applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers + // is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). + EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpAudioInterval"` + + // Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only + // on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable + // when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP + // or EBP_LEGACY). + EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` + + // Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. + EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` + + // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. + FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` + + // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted + // into the transport stream. + MaxPcrInterval *int64 `locationName:"maxPcrInterval" type:"integer"` + + // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified + // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP + // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is + // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead + // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured + // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. + MinEbpInterval *int64 `locationName:"minEbpInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport + // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic + // null packets. + NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` + + // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted + // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only + // when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. + PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport + // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as + // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport + // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` + + // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. + ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` + + // When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified + // bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, + // but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. + RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can + // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` + + // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from + // input to output. This is only available for certain containers. + Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Source"` + + // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart + // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets + // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart + // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary + // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification + // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information + // to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. + SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` + + // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted + // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may + // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. + // When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is + // truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means + // the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. + // When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment + // is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. + // This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, + // all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. + // Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. + SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` + + // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to + // _none_. + SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` + + // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. + TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioBufferModel = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioPids = v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.BufferModel = &v + return s +} + +// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbNitSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbSdtSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbSubPids = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbTdtSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbTeletextPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EbpAudioInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EbpPlacement = &v + return s +} + +// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EsRateInPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.FragmentTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxPcrInterval sets the MaxPcrInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMaxPcrInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.MaxPcrInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinEbpInterval sets the MinEbpInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetMinEbpInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.MinEbpInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.NullPacketBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PatInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.PcrControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PcrPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PmtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PmtPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.ProgramNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.RateMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.Scte35Pid = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Scte35Source = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationMarkers = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationStyle = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.TransportStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.VideoPid = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for TS segments in HLS +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/M3u8Settings +type M3u8Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. + AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport + // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or + // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. + AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` + + // When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted + // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective + // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. + PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport + // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as + // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport + // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` + + // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. + ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can + // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` + + // Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from + // input to output. This is only available for certain containers. + Scte35Source *string `locationName:"scte35Source" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Source"` + + // If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command + // into this output. Only available for certain containers. + TimedMetadata *string `locationName:"timedMetadata" type:"string" enum:"TimedMetadata"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` + + // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. + TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.AudioPids = v + return s +} + +// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PatInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.PcrControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PcrPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PmtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PmtPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.ProgramNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.Scte35Pid = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Source sets the Scte35Source field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Source(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.Scte35Source = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadata sets the TimedMetadata field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadata(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.TimedMetadata = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.TimedMetadataPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.TransportStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.VideoPid = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for MOV Container. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MovSettings +type MovSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. + ClapAtom *string `locationName:"clapAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovClapAtom"` + + // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times + // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, + // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per + // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. + CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"MovCslgAtom"` + + // When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using + // XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, + // but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the + // video codec is MPEG2. + Mpeg2FourCCControl *string `locationName:"mpeg2FourCCControl" type:"string" enum:"MovMpeg2FourCCControl"` + + // If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding + PaddingControl *string `locationName:"paddingControl" type:"string" enum:"MovPaddingControl"` + + // A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) + // contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates + // only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media. + Reference *string `locationName:"reference" type:"string" enum:"MovReference"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MovSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MovSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetClapAtom sets the ClapAtom field's value. +func (s *MovSettings) SetClapAtom(v string) *MovSettings { + s.ClapAtom = &v + return s +} + +// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value. +func (s *MovSettings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *MovSettings { + s.CslgAtom = &v + return s +} + +// SetMpeg2FourCCControl sets the Mpeg2FourCCControl field's value. +func (s *MovSettings) SetMpeg2FourCCControl(v string) *MovSettings { + s.Mpeg2FourCCControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPaddingControl sets the PaddingControl field's value. +func (s *MovSettings) SetPaddingControl(v string) *MovSettings { + s.PaddingControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetReference sets the Reference field's value. +func (s *MovSettings) SetReference(v string) *MovSettings { + s.Reference = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value MP2. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mp2Settings +type Mp2Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. + // Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo + // will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2. + Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` + + // Sample rate in hz. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mp2Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetChannels(v int64) *Mp2Settings { + s.Channels = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Mp2Settings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for MP4 Container +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mp4Settings +type Mp4Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times + // in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, + // and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per + // 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. + CslgAtom *string `locationName:"cslgAtom" type:"string" enum:"Mp4CslgAtom"` + + // Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. + FreeSpaceBox *string `locationName:"freeSpaceBox" type:"string" enum:"Mp4FreeSpaceBox"` + + // If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning + // of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed + // normally at the end. + MoovPlacement *string `locationName:"moovPlacement" type:"string" enum:"Mp4MoovPlacement"` + + // Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary + // to specify. + Mp4MajorBrand *string `locationName:"mp4MajorBrand" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Mp4Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Mp4Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCslgAtom sets the CslgAtom field's value. +func (s *Mp4Settings) SetCslgAtom(v string) *Mp4Settings { + s.CslgAtom = &v + return s +} + +// SetFreeSpaceBox sets the FreeSpaceBox field's value. +func (s *Mp4Settings) SetFreeSpaceBox(v string) *Mp4Settings { + s.FreeSpaceBox = &v + return s +} + +// SetMoovPlacement sets the MoovPlacement field's value. +func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMoovPlacement(v string) *Mp4Settings { + s.MoovPlacement = &v + return s +} + +// SetMp4MajorBrand sets the Mp4MajorBrand field's value. +func (s *Mp4Settings) SetMp4MajorBrand(v string) *Mp4Settings { + s.Mp4MajorBrand = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value MPEG2. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Mpeg2Settings +type Mpeg2Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual + // quality. + AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. Five megabits + // can be entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as + // 500000 or 0.5m. For MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded + // down to the nearest multiple of 1000. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. + CodecLevel *string `locationName:"codecLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecLevel"` + + // Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. + CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2CodecProfile"` + + // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want + // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this + // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. + FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateControl"` + + // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. + FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm"` + + // Framerate denominator. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 + // fps. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that + // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame + // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. + GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` + + // GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames or seconds. Must be greater than + // zero. + GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` + + // Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If + // seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. + GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2GopSizeUnits"` + + // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). + HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferInitialFillPercentage" type:"integer"` + + // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model). Five megabits can be entered as 5000000 + // or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 or 0.5m. + HrdBufferSize *int64 `locationName:"hrdBufferSize" type:"integer"` + + // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. + // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce + // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top + // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default + // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, + // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the + // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow + // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and + // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be + // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending + // on which of the Follow options you chose. + InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2InterlaceMode"` + + // Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision + // for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service + // will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression + // ratio. + IntraDcPrecision *string `locationName:"intraDcPrecision" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision"` + + // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). Five megabits can be + // entered as 5000000 or 5m. Five hundred kilobits can be entered as 500000 + // or 0.5m. + MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted + // by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval + // frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene + // change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting + // I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. This setting is + // only used when Scene Change Detect is enabled. Note: Maximum GOP stretch + // = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 + MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Number of B-frames between reference frames. + NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int64 `locationName:"numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames" type:"integer"` + + // Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the + // pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing + // Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. + ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ParControl"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. + ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. + ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to + // use single-pass or multipass video encoding. + QualityTuningLevel *string `locationName:"qualityTuningLevel" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel"` + + // Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate + // is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2RateControlMode"` + + // Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). + SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect"` + + // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled + // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. + SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SlowPal"` + + // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content + // in the encoded image. + Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content + // complexity. + SpatialAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"spatialAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). + Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Syntax"` + + // Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. + // Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from + // a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave + // converstion to the player. + Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2Telecine"` + + // Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content + // complexity. + TemporalAdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"temporalAdaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecLevel sets the CodecLevel field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.CodecLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.CodecProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.FramerateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.GopClosedCadence = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.GopSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.GopSizeUnits = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage sets the HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferInitialFillPercentage(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage = &v + return s +} + +// SetHrdBufferSize sets the HrdBufferSize field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetHrdBufferSize(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.HrdBufferSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.InterlaceMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetIntraDcPrecision sets the IntraDcPrecision field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetIntraDcPrecision(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.IntraDcPrecision = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.MaxBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.MinIInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames sets the NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetNumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParControl(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.ParControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.ParDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.ParNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetQualityTuningLevel sets the QualityTuningLevel field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetQualityTuningLevel(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.QualityTuningLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.SceneChangeDetect = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSlowPal(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.SlowPal = &v + return s +} + +// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.Softness = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization sets the SpatialAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSpatialAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.Syntax = &v + return s +} + +// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTelecine(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.Telecine = &v + return s +} + +// SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization sets the TemporalAdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTemporalAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { + s.TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify +// the value SpekeKeyProvider. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MsSmoothEncryptionSettings +type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to +// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/MsSmoothGroupSettings +type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across + // a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. + AudioDeduplication *string `locationName:"audioDeduplication" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothAudioDeduplication"` + + // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output + // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify + // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input + // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the + // first input file. + Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"` + + // If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify + // the value SpekeKeyProvider. + Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // Use Fragment length (FragmentLength) to specify the mp4 fragment sizes in + // seconds. Fragment length must be compatible with GOP size and framerate. + FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding + // format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. + ManifestEncoding *string `locationName:"manifestEncoding" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothManifestEncoding"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDeduplication sets the AudioDeduplication field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioDeduplication(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.AudioDeduplication = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.Destination = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.FragmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestEncoding sets the ManifestEncoding field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetManifestEncoding(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.ManifestEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for Nielsen Configuration +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NielsenConfiguration +type NielsenConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Nielsen Configuration (NielsenConfiguration) to set the Nielsen measurement + // system breakout code. Supported values are 0, 3, 7, and 9. + BreakoutCode *int64 `locationName:"breakoutCode" type:"integer"` + + // Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is + // assigned to your organization by Neilsen. + DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBreakoutCode sets the BreakoutCode field's value. +func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetBreakoutCode(v int64) *NielsenConfiguration { + s.BreakoutCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value. +func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { + s.DistributorId = &v + return s +} + +// Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your +// video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output +// individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise +// reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter +// (NoiseReducerFilter). +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducer +type NoiseReducer struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following + // spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable + // Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction + // filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution + // filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain + // filter based on JND principles. + Filter *string `locationName:"filter" type:"string" enum:"NoiseReducerFilter"` + + // Settings for a noise reducer filter + FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. + SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings `locationName:"spatialFilterSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducer) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducer) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilter(v string) *NoiseReducer { + s.Filter = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducer) SetFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer { + s.FilterSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSpatialFilterSettings sets the SpatialFilterSettings field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducer) SetSpatialFilterSettings(v *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) *NoiseReducer { + s.SpatialFilterSettings = v + return s +} + +// Settings for a noise reducer filter +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducerFilterSettings +type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger + // filtering. + Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducerFilterSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducerFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerFilterSettings { + s.Strength = &v + return s +} + +// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings +type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling + // the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength. + PostFilterSharpenStrength *int64 `locationName:"postFilterSharpenStrength" type:"integer"` + + // The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with + // 0 being the nominal value. + Speed *int64 `locationName:"speed" type:"integer"` + + // Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger + // filtering. + Strength *int64 `locationName:"strength" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPostFilterSharpenStrength sets the PostFilterSharpenStrength field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpenStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { + s.PostFilterSharpenStrength = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpeed sets the Speed field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetSpeed(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { + s.Speed = &v + return s +} + +// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. +func (s *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings) SetStrength(v int64) *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings { + s.Strength = &v + return s +} + +// An output object describes the settings for a single output file or stream +// in an output group. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Output +type Output struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized + // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) + // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. + AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output + // that has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions). (CaptionDescriptions) + // can contain multiple groups of captions settings. + CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // Container specific settings. + ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File + // output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default + // extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * + // Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * No Container, + // the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3) + Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` + + // Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the + // end of each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your + // destination URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, + // Name modifier is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. + // For DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ + // in one output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output + // group. + NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` + + // Specific settings for this type of output. + OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Use Preset (Preset) to specifiy a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide + // the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) + // or Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both. + Preset *string `locationName:"preset" type:"string"` + + // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific + // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value + // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. + VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Output) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Output) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. +func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *Output { + s.AudioDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. +func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *Output { + s.CaptionDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. +func (s *Output) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *Output { + s.ContainerSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. +func (s *Output) SetExtension(v string) *Output { + s.Extension = &v + return s +} + +// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. +func (s *Output) SetNameModifier(v string) *Output { + s.NameModifier = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. +func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { + s.OutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. +func (s *Output) SetPreset(v string) *Output { + s.Preset = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value. +func (s *Output) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *Output { + s.VideoDescription = v + return s +} + +// OutputChannel mapping settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputChannelMapping +type OutputChannelMapping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List of input channels + InputChannels []*int64 `locationName:"inputChannels" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputChannelMapping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputChannelMapping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputChannels sets the InputChannels field's value. +func (s *OutputChannelMapping) SetInputChannels(v []*int64) *OutputChannelMapping { + s.InputChannels = v + return s +} + +// Details regarding output +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputDetail +type OutputDetail struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Duration in milliseconds + DurationInMs *int64 `locationName:"durationInMs" type:"integer"` + + // Contains details about the output's video stream + VideoDetails *VideoDetail `locationName:"videoDetails" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputDetail) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputDetail) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDurationInMs sets the DurationInMs field's value. +func (s *OutputDetail) SetDurationInMs(v int64) *OutputDetail { + s.DurationInMs = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoDetails sets the VideoDetails field's value. +func (s *OutputDetail) SetVideoDetails(v *VideoDetail) *OutputDetail { + s.VideoDetails = v + return s +} + +// Group of outputs +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroup +type OutputGroup struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. + // This value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON + // more human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters + // that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores. + CustomName *string `locationName:"customName" type:"string"` + + // Name of the output group + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Output Group settings, including type + OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + // This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per + // output. + Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroup) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCustomName sets the CustomName field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetCustomName(v string) *OutputGroup { + s.CustomName = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { + s.OutputGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { + s.Outputs = v + return s +} + +// Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroupDetail +type OutputGroupDetail struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Details about the output + OutputDetails []*OutputDetail `locationName:"outputDetails" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupDetail) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupDetail) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOutputDetails sets the OutputDetails field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupDetail) SetOutputDetails(v []*OutputDetail) *OutputGroupDetail { + s.OutputDetails = v + return s +} + +// Output Group settings, including type +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputGroupSettings +type OutputGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to + // DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS. + DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings `locationName:"dashIsoGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to + // FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS. + FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings `locationName:"fileGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to + // HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS. + HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to + // MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS. + MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming) + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"OutputGroupType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDashIsoGroupSettings sets the DashIsoGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetDashIsoGroupSettings(v *DashIsoGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.DashIsoGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetFileGroupSettings sets the FileGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFileGroupSettings(v *FileGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.FileGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.HlsGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetType(v string) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Specific settings for this type of output. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/OutputSettings +type OutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings for HLS output groups + HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *OutputSettings { + s.HlsSettings = v + return s +} + +// A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that +// you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Preset +type Preset struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // An optional category you create to organize your presets. + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // An optional description you create for each preset. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Settings for preset + Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` + + // A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset + // can’t be modified or deleted by the user. + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Preset) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Preset) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetArn(v string) *Preset { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetCategory(v string) *Preset { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Preset { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetDescription(v string) *Preset { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Preset { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetName(v string) *Preset { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *Preset { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Preset) SetType(v string) *Preset { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for preset +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/PresetSettings +type PresetSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized + // by audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output. (AudioDescriptions) + // can contain multiple groups of encoding settings. + AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // Caption settings for this preset. There can be multiple caption settings + // in a single output. + CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescriptionPreset `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // Container specific settings. + ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` + + // (VideoDescription) contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific + // video settings depend on the video codec you choose when you specify a value + // for Video codec (codec). Include one instance of (VideoDescription) per output. + VideoDescription *VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescription" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PresetSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PresetSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. +func (s *PresetSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *PresetSettings { + s.AudioDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. +func (s *PresetSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescriptionPreset) *PresetSettings { + s.CaptionDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. +func (s *PresetSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ContainerSettings) *PresetSettings { + s.ContainerSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetVideoDescription sets the VideoDescription field's value. +func (s *PresetSettings) SetVideoDescription(v *VideoDescription) *PresetSettings { + s.VideoDescription = v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value PRORES. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/ProresSettings +type ProresSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec + // to use for this output. + CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"ProresCodecProfile"` + + // Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want + // the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this + // by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. + FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateControl"` + + // When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. + FramerateConversionAlgorithm *string `locationName:"framerateConversionAlgorithm" type:"string" enum:"ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm"` + + // Framerate denominator. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // When you use the API for transcode jobs that use framerate conversion, specify + // the framerate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use + // FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example, + // use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. + // * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce + // interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top + // or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default + // Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, + // behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the + // output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow + // the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and + // "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be + // interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending + // on which of the Follow options you chose. + InterlaceMode *string `locationName:"interlaceMode" type:"string" enum:"ProresInterlaceMode"` + + // Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect + // ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect + // ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the + // console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl + // to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). + ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"ProresParControl"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. + ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. + ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled + // as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. + SlowPal *string `locationName:"slowPal" type:"string" enum:"ProresSlowPal"` + + // Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to + // 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i + // output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output + // and leave converstion to the player. + Telecine *string `locationName:"telecine" type:"string" enum:"ProresTelecine"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ProresSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ProresSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.CodecProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.FramerateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm sets the FramerateConversionAlgorithm field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateConversionAlgorithm(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.FramerateConversionAlgorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetInterlaceMode sets the InterlaceMode field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetInterlaceMode(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.InterlaceMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetParControl(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.ParControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *ProresSettings { + s.ParDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *ProresSettings { + s.ParNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlowPal sets the SlowPal field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetSlowPal(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.SlowPal = &v + return s +} + +// SetTelecine sets the Telecine field's value. +func (s *ProresSettings) SetTelecine(v string) *ProresSettings { + s.Telecine = &v + return s +} + +// MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs +// are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues +// to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Queue +type Queue struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds for queue creation. + CreatedAt *time.Time `locationName:"createdAt" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // An optional description you create for each queue. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The timestamp in epoch seconds when the queue was last updated. + LastUpdated *time.Time `locationName:"lastUpdated" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // A name you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your account. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue + // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until + // they finish or error out. + Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"` + + // A queue can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in queues + // can’t be modified or deleted by the user. + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"Type"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Queue) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Queue) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetArn(v string) *Queue { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreatedAt sets the CreatedAt field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetCreatedAt(v time.Time) *Queue { + s.CreatedAt = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetDescription(v string) *Queue { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdated sets the LastUpdated field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetLastUpdated(v time.Time) *Queue { + s.LastUpdated = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetName(v string) *Queue { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetStatus(v string) *Queue { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Queue) SetType(v string) *Queue { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Rectangle +type Rectangle struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Height of rectangle in pixels. + Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` + + // Width of rectangle in pixels. + Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` + + // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video + // frame. + X *int64 `locationName:"x" type:"integer"` + + // The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video + // frame. + Y *int64 `locationName:"y" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Rectangle) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Rectangle) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. +func (s *Rectangle) SetHeight(v int64) *Rectangle { + s.Height = &v + return s +} + +// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. +func (s *Rectangle) SetWidth(v int64) *Rectangle { + s.Width = &v + return s +} + +// SetX sets the X field's value. +func (s *Rectangle) SetX(v int64) *Rectangle { + s.X = &v + return s +} + +// SetY sets the Y field's value. +func (s *Rectangle) SetY(v int64) *Rectangle { + s.Y = &v + return s +} + +// Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each +// output channel. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels +// than your input audio source provides. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/RemixSettings +type RemixSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the + // remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within + // the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel + // unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). + ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMapping" type:"structure"` + + // Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use + // in your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these + // channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. + ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" type:"integer"` + + // Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: + // 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 + ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RemixSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannelMapping sets the ChannelMapping field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMapping(v *ChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelMapping = v + return s +} + +// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelsIn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelsOut = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for SCC caption output. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/SccDestinationSettings +type SccDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and + // the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches + // the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose + // 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true + // and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). + Framerate *string `locationName:"framerate" type:"string" enum:"SccDestinationFramerate"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SccDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SccDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. +func (s *SccDestinationSettings) SetFramerate(v string) *SccDestinationSettings { + s.Framerate = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/SpekeKeyProvider +type SpekeKeyProvider struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The SPEKE-compliant server uses Resource ID (ResourceId) to identify content. + ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string"` + + // Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups + // support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. + SystemIds []*string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list"` + + // Use URL (Url) to specify the SPEKE-compliant server that will provide keys + // for content. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SpekeKeyProvider) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetResourceId(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.ResourceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetSystemIds sets the SystemIds field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.SystemIds = v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for use with a SPEKE key provider. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/StaticKeyProvider +type StaticKeyProvider struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. + // Must be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an + // implicit value of 'identity'. + KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` + + // Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value + // or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3). + KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` + + // Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify + // Key Value (StaticKeyValue). + StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"` + + // Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for + // protecting content. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StaticKeyProvider) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StaticKeyProvider) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. +func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormat(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { + s.KeyFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. +func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { + s.KeyFormatVersions = &v + return s +} + +// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. +func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { + s.StaticKeyValue = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *StaticKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *StaticKeyProvider { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for Teletext caption output +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TeletextDestinationSettings +type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for + // this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings + // ending in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext + // data, do not use this field. + PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. +func (s *TeletextDestinationSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextDestinationSettings { + s.PageNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TeletextSourceSettings +type TeletextSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page + // number that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if + // you are passing through teletext from the input source to output. + PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. +func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { + s.PageNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified +// prefix into the output. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimecodeBurnin +type TimecodeBurnin struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. + // Valid values are 10, 16, 32, 48. + FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"` + + // Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to + // specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. + Position *string `locationName:"position" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeBurninPosition"` + + // Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. + // For example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". + // Provide either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The + // supported range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, + // numbers, and all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard. + Prefix *string `locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeBurnin) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeBurnin) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. +func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetFontSize(v int64) *TimecodeBurnin { + s.FontSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetPosition sets the Position field's value. +func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPosition(v string) *TimecodeBurnin { + s.Position = &v + return s +} + +// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value. +func (s *TimecodeBurnin) SetPrefix(v string) *TimecodeBurnin { + s.Prefix = &v + return s +} + +// Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimecodeConfig +type TimecodeConfig struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor + // Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame + // to the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) + // or (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores framerate conversion. System behavior + // for Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Timecode source + // (TimecodeSource). * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified + // Start (specifiedstart), the first input frame is the specified value in Start + // Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are + // used calculate output timecode. * If Timecode source (TimecodeSource) is + // set to Start at 0 (zerobased) the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Timecode + // source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (embedded), the first frame is + // the timecode value on the first input frame of the input. + Anchor *string `locationName:"anchor" type:"string"` + + // Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within + // this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are + // synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, + // choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes + // are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) + // - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is + // in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start + // at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. + // * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame + // to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this + // value. + Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeSource"` + + // Only use when you set Timecode Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified Start + // (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for + // the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or + // (HH:MM:SS;FF). + Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` + + // Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Time stamp + // offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting + // the time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format + // "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time + // (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. + TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAnchor sets the Anchor field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetAnchor(v string) *TimecodeConfig { + s.Anchor = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource sets the Source field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { + s.Source = &v + return s +} + +// SetStart sets the Start field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetStart(v string) *TimecodeConfig { + s.Start = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *TimecodeConfig { + s.TimestampOffset = &v + return s +} + +// Enable Timed metadata insertion (TimedMetadataInsertion) to include ID3 tags +// in your job. To include timed metadata, you must enable it here, enable it +// in each output container, and specify tags and timecodes in ID3 insertion +// (Id3Insertion) objects. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TimedMetadataInsertion +type TimedMetadataInsertion struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances. + Id3Insertions []*Id3Insertion `locationName:"id3Insertions" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TimedMetadataInsertion) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetId3Insertions sets the Id3Insertions field's value. +func (s *TimedMetadataInsertion) SetId3Insertions(v []*Id3Insertion) *TimedMetadataInsertion { + s.Id3Insertions = v + return s +} + +// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified +// in Unix epoch format in seconds. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/Timing +type Timing struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished + FinishTime *time.Time `locationName:"finishTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began. + StartTime *time.Time `locationName:"startTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job. + SubmitTime *time.Time `locationName:"submitTime" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Timing) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Timing) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetFinishTime sets the FinishTime field's value. +func (s *Timing) SetFinishTime(v time.Time) *Timing { + s.FinishTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. +func (s *Timing) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *Timing { + s.StartTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetSubmitTime sets the SubmitTime field's value. +func (s *Timing) SetSubmitTime(v time.Time) *Timing { + s.SubmitTime = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for TTML caption output +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/TtmlDestinationSettings +type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source + // (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. + StylePassthrough *string `locationName:"stylePassthrough" type:"string" enum:"TtmlStylePassthrough"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStylePassthrough sets the StylePassthrough field's value. +func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStylePassthrough(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { + s.StylePassthrough = &v + return s +} + +// Modify a job template by sending a request with the job template name and +// any of the following that you wish to change: description, category, and +// queue. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplateRequest +type UpdateJobTemplateInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The new category for the job template, if you are changing it. + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // The new description for the job template, if you are changing it. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the job template you are modifying + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The new queue for the job template, if you are changing it. + Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"` + + // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template + // that will be applied to jobs created from it. + Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateJobTemplateInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { + s.Queue = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *UpdateJobTemplateInput { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// Successful update job template requests will return the new job template +// JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateJobTemplateResponse +type UpdateJobTemplateOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use + // to quickly create a job. + JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value. +func (s *UpdateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *UpdateJobTemplateOutput { + s.JobTemplate = v + return s +} + +// Modify a preset by sending a request with the preset name and any of the +// following that you wish to change: description, category, and transcoding +// settings. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePresetRequest +type UpdatePresetInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The new category for the preset, if you are changing it. + Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"` + + // The new description for the preset, if you are changing it. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the preset you are modifying. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Settings for preset + Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePresetInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePresetInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdatePresetInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdatePresetInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCategory sets the Category field's value. +func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { + s.Category = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *UpdatePresetInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *UpdatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *UpdatePresetInput { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// Successful update preset requests will return the new preset JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdatePresetResponse +type UpdatePresetOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that + // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process. + Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePresetOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdatePresetOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPreset sets the Preset field's value. +func (s *UpdatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *UpdatePresetOutput { + s.Preset = v + return s +} + +// Modify a queue by sending a request with the queue name and any of the following +// that you wish to change - description, status. You pause or activate a queue +// by changing its status between ACTIVE and PAUSED. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueueRequest +type UpdateQueueInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The new description for the queue, if you are changing it. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // The name of the queue you are modifying. + // + // Name is a required field + Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue + // will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until + // they finish or error out. + Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateQueueInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateQueueInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateQueueInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateQueueInput"} + if s.Name == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *UpdateQueueInput) SetStatus(v string) *UpdateQueueInput { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Successful update queue requests will return the new queue JSON. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/UpdateQueueResponse +type UpdateQueueOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // MediaConvert jobs are submitted to a queue. Unless specified otherwise jobs + // are submitted to a built-in default queue. User can create additional queues + // to separate the jobs of different categories or priority. + Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateQueueOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateQueueOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value. +func (s *UpdateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *UpdateQueueOutput { + s.Queue = v + return s +} + +// Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains +// the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group +// vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each +// codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following +// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, +// H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, +// FrameCaptureSettings +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoCodecSettings +type VideoCodecSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Type of video codec + Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"VideoCodec"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value FRAME_CAPTURE. + FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value H_264. + H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for H265 codec + H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value MPEG2. + Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"` + + // Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to + // the value PRORES. + ProresSettings *ProresSettings `locationName:"proresSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.Codec = &v + return s +} + +// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.FrameCaptureSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.H264Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.H265Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetMpeg2Settings sets the Mpeg2Settings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings(v *Mpeg2Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.Mpeg2Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetProresSettings sets the ProresSettings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetProresSettings(v *ProresSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.ProresSettings = v + return s +} + +// Settings for video outputs +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoDescription +type VideoDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling + // (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and + // what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. + // * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified + // in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input + // AFD scaler data. + AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` + + // Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when + // your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default + // is enabled. + AntiAlias *string `locationName:"antiAlias" type:"string" enum:"AntiAlias"` + + // Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains + // the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group + // vary depending on the value you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each + // codec enum you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following + // lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, + // H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, + // FrameCaptureSettings + CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in + // this output. This setting is enabled by default. + ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"ColorMetadata"` + + // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect + // ratio. Use Input cropping rectangle (Crop) to specify the video area the + // service will include in the output. This will crop the input source, causing + // video pixels to be removed on encode. Do not use this setting if you have + // enabled Stretch to output (stretchToOutput) in your output settings. + Crop *Rectangle `locationName:"crop" type:"structure"` + + // Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service + // will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame + // timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled + // by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. + DropFrameTimecode *string `locationName:"dropFrameTimecode" type:"string" enum:"DropFrameTimecode"` + + // Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use + // Fixed (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write + // on all frames of this video output. + FixedAfd *int64 `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"integer"` + + // Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for + // this output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service + // will use the input height. + Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` + + // Use Position (Position) to point to a rectangle object to define your position. + // This setting overrides any other aspect ratio. + Position *Rectangle `locationName:"position" type:"structure"` + + // Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the + // video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to + // clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect + // ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the + // input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). + // A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) + // and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values + // from this output. + RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"RespondToAfd"` + + // Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect + // ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch + // your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service + // to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value + // you specify elsewhere in the job. + ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"ScalingBehavior"` + + // Use Sharpness (Sharpness)setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. + // This setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. + // Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input + // resolution, and if you set Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to ENABLED. 0 is the softest + // setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content. + Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` + + // Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. + // Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). + // To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode + // configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion + // when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting + // to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled. + TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"VideoTimecodeInsertion"` + + // Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). + // Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled + // by default. + VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor `locationName:"videoPreprocessors" type:"structure"` + + // Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this + // output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input + // width. + Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.AfdSignaling = &v + return s +} + +// SetAntiAlias sets the AntiAlias field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetAntiAlias(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.AntiAlias = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { + s.CodecSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetColorMetadata(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.ColorMetadata = &v + return s +} + +// SetCrop sets the Crop field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetCrop(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription { + s.Crop = v + return s +} + +// SetDropFrameTimecode sets the DropFrameTimecode field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetDropFrameTimecode(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.DropFrameTimecode = &v + return s +} + +// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetFixedAfd(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.FixedAfd = &v + return s +} + +// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Height = &v + return s +} + +// SetPosition sets the Position field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetPosition(v *Rectangle) *VideoDescription { + s.Position = v + return s +} + +// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.RespondToAfd = &v + return s +} + +// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.ScalingBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Sharpness = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.TimecodeInsertion = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoPreprocessors sets the VideoPreprocessors field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetVideoPreprocessors(v *VideoPreprocessor) *VideoDescription { + s.VideoPreprocessors = v + return s +} + +// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Width = &v + return s +} + +// Contains details about the output's video stream +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoDetail +type VideoDetail struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Height in pixels for the output + HeightInPx *int64 `locationName:"heightInPx" type:"integer"` + + // Width in pixels for the output + WidthInPx *int64 `locationName:"widthInPx" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoDetail) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoDetail) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHeightInPx sets the HeightInPx field's value. +func (s *VideoDetail) SetHeightInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail { + s.HeightInPx = &v + return s +} + +// SetWidthInPx sets the WidthInPx field's value. +func (s *VideoDetail) SetWidthInPx(v int64) *VideoDetail { + s.WidthInPx = &v + return s +} + +// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). +// Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled +// by default. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoPreprocessor +type VideoPreprocessor struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Enable the Color corrector (ColorCorrector) feature if necessary. Enable + // or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled + // by default. + ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector `locationName:"colorCorrector" type:"structure"` + + // Use Deinterlacer (Deinterlacer) to produce smoother motion and a clearer + // picture. + Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer `locationName:"deinterlacer" type:"structure"` + + // Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay + // on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. + // This setting is disabled by default. + ImageInserter *ImageInserter `locationName:"imageInserter" type:"structure"` + + // Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your + // video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output + // individually. This setting is disabled by default. + NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer `locationName:"noiseReducer" type:"structure"` + + // Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn)--Burns the output timecode and specified + // prefix into the output. + TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin `locationName:"timecodeBurnin" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoPreprocessor) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoPreprocessor) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetColorCorrector sets the ColorCorrector field's value. +func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetColorCorrector(v *ColorCorrector) *VideoPreprocessor { + s.ColorCorrector = v + return s +} + +// SetDeinterlacer sets the Deinterlacer field's value. +func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetDeinterlacer(v *Deinterlacer) *VideoPreprocessor { + s.Deinterlacer = v + return s +} + +// SetImageInserter sets the ImageInserter field's value. +func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetImageInserter(v *ImageInserter) *VideoPreprocessor { + s.ImageInserter = v + return s +} + +// SetNoiseReducer sets the NoiseReducer field's value. +func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetNoiseReducer(v *NoiseReducer) *VideoPreprocessor { + s.NoiseReducer = v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeBurnin sets the TimecodeBurnin field's value. +func (s *VideoPreprocessor) SetTimecodeBurnin(v *TimecodeBurnin) *VideoPreprocessor { + s.TimecodeBurnin = v + return s +} + +// Selector for video. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/VideoSelector +type VideoSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color + // Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any + // conversion will be performed. + ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpace"` + + // There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. + // This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata + // supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the + // system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata + // from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied + // color metadata values if available. + ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceUsage"` + + // Use the HDR master display (Hdr10Metadata) settings to provide values for + // HDR color. These values vary depending on the input video and must be provided + // by a color grader. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 + // in CIE1931 color coordinate. + Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"` + + // Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this + // value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal + // value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is + // an identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` + + // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. + // Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. + ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { + s.ColorSpace = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { + s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v + return s +} + +// SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *VideoSelector { + s.Hdr10Metadata = v + return s +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelector { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *VideoSelector { + s.ProgramNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to +// the value WAV. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29/WavSettings +type WavSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding + // quality for this audio track. + BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"integer"` + + // Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track. + // With WAV, valid values 1, 2, 4, and 8. In the console, these values are Mono, + // Stereo, 4-Channel, and 8-Channel, respectively. + Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" type:"integer"` + + // Sample rate in Hz. + SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s WavSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s WavSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value. +func (s *WavSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *WavSettings { + s.BitDepth = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. +func (s *WavSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *WavSettings { + s.Channels = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *WavSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *WavSettings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio +// + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be +// set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster +// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed +// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, +// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. +// Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description +// (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType +// and FollowInputAudioType. +const ( + // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value + AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" + + // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value + AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal = "NORMAL" +) + +// AAC Profile. +const ( + // AacCodecProfileLc is a AacCodecProfile enum value + AacCodecProfileLc = "LC" + + // AacCodecProfileHev1 is a AacCodecProfile enum value + AacCodecProfileHev1 = "HEV1" + + // AacCodecProfileHev2 is a AacCodecProfile enum value + AacCodecProfileHev2 = "HEV2" +) + +// Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values +// depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver +// Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits +// a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in +// the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. +const ( + // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" +) + +// Rate Control Mode. +const ( + // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value + AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" + + // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value + AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" +) + +// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, +// you must choose "No container" for the output container. +const ( + // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value + AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" + + // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value + AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" +) + +// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream +// containers. +const ( + // AacSpecificationMpeg2 is a AacSpecification enum value + AacSpecificationMpeg2 = "MPEG2" + + // AacSpecificationMpeg4 is a AacSpecification enum value + AacSpecificationMpeg4 = "MPEG4" +) + +// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR. +const ( + // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" + + // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" + + // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" + + // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" +) + +// Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC +// A/52-2012 for background on these values. +const ( + // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" +) + +// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. +const ( + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" +) + +// If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the +// output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. +const ( + // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value + Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value + Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone = "NONE" +) + +// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only +// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. +const ( + // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value + Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value + Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, +// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied +// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. +const ( + // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value + Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value + Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +// This setting only applies to H.264 and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling +// (AfdSignaling) to whether there are AFD values in the output video data and +// what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. +// * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified +// in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input +// AFD scaler data. +const ( + // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" + + // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" + + // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" +) + +// Enable Anti-alias (AntiAlias) to enhance sharp edges in video output when +// your input resolution is much larger than your output resolution. Default +// is enabled. +const ( + // AntiAliasDisabled is a AntiAlias enum value + AntiAliasDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // AntiAliasEnabled is a AntiAlias enum value + AntiAliasEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Type of Audio codec. +const ( + // AudioCodecAac is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecAac = "AAC" + + // AudioCodecMp2 is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecMp2 = "MP2" + + // AudioCodecWav is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecWav = "WAV" + + // AudioCodecAiff is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecAiff = "AIFF" + + // AudioCodecAc3 is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecAc3 = "AC3" + + // AudioCodecEac3 is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecEac3 = "EAC3" + + // AudioCodecPassthrough is a AudioCodec enum value + AudioCodecPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +// When an "Audio Description":#audio_description specifies an AudioSelector +// or AudioSelectorGroup for which no matching source is found in the input, +// then the audio selector marked as DEFAULT will be used. If none are marked +// as default, silence will be inserted for the duration of the input. +const ( + // AudioDefaultSelectionDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value + AudioDefaultSelectionDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value + AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault = "NOT_DEFAULT" +) + +// Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output +// to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified +// for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT +// is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input. +const ( + // AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value + AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value + AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +// Audio normalization algorithm to use. 1770-1 conforms to the CALM Act specification, +// 1770-2 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. +const ( + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1" + + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2" +) + +// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If +// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. +const ( + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" + + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly = "MEASURE_ONLY" +) + +// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file. +const ( + // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value + AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog = "LOG" + + // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value + AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog = "DONT_LOG" +) + +// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio +// track loudness. +const ( + // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value + AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak = "TRUE_PEAK" + + // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value + AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone = "NONE" +) + +// Specifies the type of the audio selector. +const ( + // AudioSelectorTypePid is a AudioSelectorType enum value + AudioSelectorTypePid = "PID" + + // AudioSelectorTypeTrack is a AudioSelectorType enum value + AudioSelectorTypeTrack = "TRACK" + + // AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode is a AudioSelectorType enum value + AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode = "LANGUAGE_CODE" +) + +// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then +// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO +// 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise +// the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and +// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD. +const ( + // AudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioTypeControl enum value + AudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // AudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioTypeControl enum value + AudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to +// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, +// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. +// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, +// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. +// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or +// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. +// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value + BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" + + // BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value + BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" +) + +// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and +// DVB-Sub font settings must match. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" + + // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for +// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings +// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font +// settings must match. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" + + // BurninSubtitleFontColorRed is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED" + + // BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value + BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE" +) + +// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions +// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already +// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings +// must match. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" + + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED" + + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" +) + +// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub +// font settings must match. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value + BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE" + + // BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value + BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value + BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +// Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used +// to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs +// and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. +const ( + // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value + BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID" + + // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value + BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL" +) + +const ( + // CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn = "BURN_IN" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeScc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeScc = "SCC" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeSrt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeSrt = "SRT" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeTtml is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeTtml = "TTML" + + // CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value + CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt = "WEBVTT" +) + +// Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The +// service cannot auto-detect caption format. +const ( + // CaptionSourceTypeAncillary is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeAncillary = "ANCILLARY" + + // CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB" + + // CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" + + // CaptionSourceTypeScc is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeScc = "SCC" + + // CaptionSourceTypeTtml is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeTtml = "TTML" + + // CaptionSourceTypeStl is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeStl = "STL" + + // CaptionSourceTypeSrt is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeSrt = "SRT" + + // CaptionSourceTypeTeletext is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT" + + // CaptionSourceTypeNullSource is a CaptionSourceType enum value + CaptionSourceTypeNullSource = "NULL_SOURCE" +) + +// Enable Insert color metadata (ColorMetadata) to include color metadata in +// this output. This setting is enabled by default. +const ( + // ColorMetadataIgnore is a ColorMetadata enum value + ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" + + // ColorMetadataInsert is a ColorMetadata enum value + ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" +) + +// Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with "Color +// Corrector":#color_corrector > color_space_conversion to determine if any +// conversion will be performed. +const ( + // ColorSpaceFollow is a ColorSpace enum value + ColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // ColorSpaceRec601 is a ColorSpace enum value + ColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" + + // ColorSpaceRec709 is a ColorSpace enum value + ColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" + + // ColorSpaceHdr10 is a ColorSpace enum value + ColorSpaceHdr10 = "HDR10" + + // ColorSpaceHlg2020 is a ColorSpace enum value + ColorSpaceHlg2020 = "HLG_2020" +) + +// Determines if colorspace conversion will be performed. If set to _None_, +// no conversion will be performed. If _Force 601_ or _Force 709_ are selected, +// conversion will be performed for inputs with differing colorspaces. An input's +// colorspace can be specified explicitly in the "Video Selector":#inputs-video_selector +// if necessary. +const ( + // ColorSpaceConversionNone is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value + ColorSpaceConversionNone = "NONE" + + // ColorSpaceConversionForce601 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value + ColorSpaceConversionForce601 = "FORCE_601" + + // ColorSpaceConversionForce709 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value + ColorSpaceConversionForce709 = "FORCE_709" + + // ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value + ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 = "FORCE_HDR10" + + // ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value + ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 = "FORCE_HLG_2020" +) + +// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job configuration. +// This enum controls which takes precedence. FORCE: System will use color metadata +// supplied by user, if any. If the user does not supply color metadata the +// system will use data from the source. FALLBACK: System will use color metadata +// from the source. If source has no color metadata, the system will use user-supplied +// color metadata values if available. +const ( + // ColorSpaceUsageForce is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value + ColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" + + // ColorSpaceUsageFallback is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value + ColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" +) + +// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. +// If not specified, the default object will be created. +const ( + // ContainerTypeF4v is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeF4v = "F4V" + + // ContainerTypeIsmv is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeIsmv = "ISMV" + + // ContainerTypeM2ts is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeM2ts = "M2TS" + + // ContainerTypeM3u8 is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeM3u8 = "M3U8" + + // ContainerTypeMov is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeMov = "MOV" + + // ContainerTypeMp4 is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeMp4 = "MP4" + + // ContainerTypeMpd is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeMpd = "MPD" + + // ContainerTypeMxf is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeMxf = "MXF" + + // ContainerTypeRaw is a ContainerType enum value + ContainerTypeRaw = "RAW" +) + +// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated +const ( + // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value + DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 = "HBBTV_1_5" + + // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value + DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone = "NONE" +) + +// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally +// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, +// separate segment files will be created. +const ( + // DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value + DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" + + // DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value + DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" +) + +// Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) +// or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces +// sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) +// OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling +// headline at the bottom of the frame. +const ( + // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value + DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" + + // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value + DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER" + + // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value + DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend = "BLEND" + + // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value + DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker = "BLEND_TICKER" +) + +// - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames +// that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that +// are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer +// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged +// as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the +// metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. +// Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive +// into progressive will probably result in lower quality video. +const ( + // DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames is a DeinterlacerControl enum value + DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES" + + // DeinterlacerControlNormal is a DeinterlacerControl enum value + DeinterlacerControlNormal = "NORMAL" +) + +// Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. +// Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. +// - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. +// - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive. +const ( + // DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace is a DeinterlacerMode enum value + DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace = "DEINTERLACE" + + // DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine is a DeinterlacerMode enum value + DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine = "INVERSE_TELECINE" + + // DeinterlacerModeAdaptive is a DeinterlacerMode enum value + DeinterlacerModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE" +) + +// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service +// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame +// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled +// by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled. +const ( + // DropFrameTimecodeDisabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value + DropFrameTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // DropFrameTimecodeEnabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value + DropFrameTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to +// centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, +// setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. +// If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, +// the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. +// This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or +// teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. +// All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value + DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" + + // DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value + DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" +) + +// Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and +// DVB-Sub font settings must match. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" + + // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +// Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for +// source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings +// are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font +// settings must match. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" + + // DvbSubtitleFontColorRed is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED" + + // DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value + DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE" +) + +// Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions +// that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already +// pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings +// must match. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" + + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED" + + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" +) + +// Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub +// font settings must match. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value + DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE" + + // DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value + DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value + DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +// Controls whether a fixed grid size or proportional font spacing will be used +// to generate the output subtitles bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs +// and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. +const ( + // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value + DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID" + + // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value + DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL" +) + +// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. +// Only used for 3/2 coding mode. +const ( + // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value + Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" + + // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value + Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" +) + +// Specifies the "Bitstream Mode" (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See +// ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. +const ( + // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" +) + +// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. +const ( + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" +) + +// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. +const ( + // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value + Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value + Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// Enables Dynamic Range Compression that restricts the absolute peak level +// for a signal. +const ( + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH" +) + +// Enables Heavy Dynamic Range Compression, ensures that the instantaneous signal +// peaks do not exceed specified levels. +const ( + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value + Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH" +) + +// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled +const ( + // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value + Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" + + // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value + Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" +) + +// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only +// valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode. +const ( + // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value + Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value + Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, +// or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied +// from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. +const ( + // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value + Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value + Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is +// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. +// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent +// DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. +const ( + // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value + Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" + + // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value + Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" +) + +// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only +// used for 3/2 coding mode. +const ( + // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value + Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" + + // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value + Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" +) + +// Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. +const ( + // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" +) + +// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel +// is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. +const ( + // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" + + // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into +// the two channels. +const ( + // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" + + // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// When set to UPCONVERT, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility +// bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data +// present in the source content will be discarded. +const ( + // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value + EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" + + // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value + EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning +// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed +// normally at the end. +const ( + // F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value + F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" + + // F4vMoovPlacementNormal is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value + F4vMoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL" +) + +// If set to UPCONVERT, 608 caption data is both passed through via the "608 +// compatibility bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into +// 708. 708 data present in the source content will be discarded. +const ( + // FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value + FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" + + // FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value + FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual +// quality. +const ( + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" +) + +// H.264 Level. +const ( + // H264CodecLevelAuto is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel1 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel11 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel11 = "LEVEL_1_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel12 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel12 = "LEVEL_1_2" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel13 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel13 = "LEVEL_1_3" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel2 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel21 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel22 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel22 = "LEVEL_2_2" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel3 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel31 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel32 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel32 = "LEVEL_3_2" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel4 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel41 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel42 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel42 = "LEVEL_4_2" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel5 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel51 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1" + + // H264CodecLevelLevel52 is a H264CodecLevel enum value + H264CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2" +) + +// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the +// AVC-I License. +const ( + // H264CodecProfileBaseline is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" + + // H264CodecProfileHigh is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileHigh = "HIGH" + + // H264CodecProfileHigh10bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" + + // H264CodecProfileHigh422 is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" + + // H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" + + // H264CodecProfileMain is a H264CodecProfile enum value + H264CodecProfileMain = "MAIN" +) + +// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC. +const ( + // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value + H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" + + // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value + H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" +) + +// Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. +const ( + // H264FieldEncodingPaff is a H264FieldEncoding enum value + H264FieldEncodingPaff = "PAFF" + + // H264FieldEncodingForceField is a H264FieldEncoding enum value + H264FieldEncodingForceField = "FORCE_FIELD" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. +const ( + // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want +// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this +// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. +const ( + // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value + H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value + H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. +const ( + // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" + + // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" +) + +// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > +// 1. +const ( + // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value + H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value + H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds +// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. +const ( + // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value + H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" + + // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value + H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" +) + +// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. +// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce +// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top +// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default +// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, +// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the +// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow +// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and +// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be +// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending +// on which of the Follow options you chose. +const ( + // H264InterlaceModeProgressive is a H264InterlaceMode enum value + H264InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" + + // H264InterlaceModeTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value + H264InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" + + // H264InterlaceModeBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value + H264InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" + + // H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value + H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" + + // H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value + H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" +) + +// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the +// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing +// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. +const ( + // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value + H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value + H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to +// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass +// video encoding. +const ( + // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value + H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" + + // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value + H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" + + // H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value + H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" +) + +// Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) +// does not write HRD parameters. +const ( + // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value + H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" + + // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value + H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" +) + +// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated. +const ( + // H264RepeatPpsDisabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value + H264RepeatPpsDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264RepeatPpsEnabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value + H264RepeatPpsEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). +const ( + // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value + H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value + H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled +// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. +const ( + // H264SlowPalDisabled is a H264SlowPal enum value + H264SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264SlowPalEnabled is a H264SlowPal enum value + H264SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. +const ( + // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value + H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value + H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" +) + +// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) +// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors +// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced +// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, +// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output +// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output +// to 29.97i. +const ( + // H264TelecineNone is a H264Telecine enum value + H264TelecineNone = "NONE" + + // H264TelecineSoft is a H264Telecine enum value + H264TelecineSoft = "SOFT" + + // H264TelecineHard is a H264Telecine enum value + H264TelecineHard = "HARD" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. +const ( + // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value + H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value + H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual +// quality. +const ( + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" + + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" + + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" + + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" + + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" + + // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" +) + +// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid +// Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF). +const ( + // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value + H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value + H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// H.265 Level. +const ( + // H265CodecLevelAuto is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel1 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel2 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel21 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel3 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel31 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel4 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel41 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel5 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel51 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel52 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel6 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel6 = "LEVEL_6" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel61 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel61 = "LEVEL_6_1" + + // H265CodecLevelLevel62 is a H265CodecLevel enum value + H265CodecLevelLevel62 = "LEVEL_6_2" +) + +// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections +// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile +// with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License. +const ( + // H265CodecProfileMainMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMainMain = "MAIN_MAIN" + + // H265CodecProfileMainHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMainHigh = "MAIN_HIGH" + + // H265CodecProfileMain10Main is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain10Main = "MAIN10_MAIN" + + // H265CodecProfileMain10High is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain10High = "MAIN10_HIGH" + + // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN" + + // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH" + + // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN" + + // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value + H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames. +const ( + // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want +// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this +// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. +const ( + // H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H265FramerateControl enum value + H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H265FramerateControlSpecified is a H265FramerateControl enum value + H265FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. +const ( + // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" + + // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" +) + +// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > +// 1. +const ( + // H265GopBReferenceDisabled is a H265GopBReference enum value + H265GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265GopBReferenceEnabled is a H265GopBReference enum value + H265GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds +// the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. +const ( + // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value + H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" + + // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value + H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" +) + +// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. +// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce +// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top +// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default +// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, +// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the +// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow +// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and +// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be +// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending +// on which of the Follow options you chose. +const ( + // H265InterlaceModeProgressive is a H265InterlaceMode enum value + H265InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" + + // H265InterlaceModeTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value + H265InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" + + // H265InterlaceModeBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value + H265InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" + + // H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value + H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" + + // H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value + H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" +) + +// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the +// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing +// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. +const ( + // H265ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H265ParControl enum value + H265ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H265ParControlSpecified is a H265ParControl enum value + H265ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to +// use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass +// video encoding. +const ( + // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value + H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" + + // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value + H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ" + + // H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value + H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ" +) + +// Rate control mode. CQ uses constant quantizer (qp), ABR (average bitrate) +// does not write HRD parameters. +const ( + // H265RateControlModeVbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value + H265RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" + + // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value + H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" +) + +// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically +// selects best strength based on content +const ( + // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value + H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value + H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE" + + // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value + H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff = "OFF" +) + +// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). +const ( + // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value + H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value + H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled +// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. +const ( + // H265SlowPalDisabled is a H265SlowPal enum value + H265SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265SlowPalEnabled is a H265SlowPal enum value + H265SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) +// field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors +// > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced +// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, +// Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output +// from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output +// to 29.97i. +const ( + // H265TelecineNone is a H265Telecine enum value + H265TelecineNone = "NONE" + + // H265TelecineSoft is a H265Telecine enum value + H265TelecineSoft = "SOFT" + + // H265TelecineHard is a H265Telecine enum value + H265TelecineHard = "HARD" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers +// are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, +// reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can +// form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal +// layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream +// with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder +// could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and +// P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output. +const ( + // H265TemporalIdsDisabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value + H265TemporalIdsDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265TemporalIdsEnabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value + H265TemporalIdsEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision +// of the encoded pictures. +const ( + // H265TilesDisabled is a H265Tiles enum value + H265TilesDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265TilesEnabled is a H265Tiles enum value + H265TilesEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message. +const ( + // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value + H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value + H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value + HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" + + // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value + HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" +) + +// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream +// The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth +// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate +// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try +// to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest +// with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default +// Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented +// as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate +// Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to +// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with +// DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO +const ( + // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value + HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" + + // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value + HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" + + // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value + HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" + + // HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value + HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" +) + +// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS +// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language +// Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. +// Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the +// original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption +// selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in +// the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include +// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS +// line from the manifest. +const ( + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" + + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" + + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" +) + +// When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client +// from saving media segments for later replay. +const ( + // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value + HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value + HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist +// generation. +const ( + // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value + HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" + + // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value + HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" +) + +// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories. +const ( + // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value + HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" + + // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value + HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" +) + +// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. +// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption. +const ( + // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value + HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" + + // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value + HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" +) + +// When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS +// manifest +const ( + // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value + HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value + HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the +// key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed +// in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest. +const ( + // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value + HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value + HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// Indicates which type of key provider is used for encryption. +const ( + // HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value + HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE" + + // HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value + HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY" +) + +// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist. +const ( + // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value + HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" + + // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value + HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" +) + +// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for +// segment duration. +const ( + // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value + HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" + + // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value + HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" +) + +// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS +// output group. +const ( + // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value + HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" + + // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value + HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" +) + +// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. +// The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are +// initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using +// the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset. +const ( + // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value + HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value + HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, +// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. +const ( + // HlsSegmentControlSingleFile is a HlsSegmentControl enum value + HlsSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" + + // HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a HlsSegmentControl enum value + HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" +) + +// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag +// of variant manifest. +const ( + // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value + HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value + HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. +const ( + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" + + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" + + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" +) + +// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. +// Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed +// video inputs. +const ( + // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value + InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value + InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default +// is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video +// inputs. +const ( + // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value + InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value + InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +// Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service +// applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters +// separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). +// * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending +// on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is +// true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). +// * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type. +const ( + // InputFilterEnableAuto is a InputFilterEnable enum value + InputFilterEnableAuto = "AUTO" + + // InputFilterEnableDisable is a InputFilterEnable enum value + InputFilterEnableDisable = "DISABLE" + + // InputFilterEnableForce is a InputFilterEnable enum value + InputFilterEnableForce = "FORCE" +) + +// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify +// which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio +// and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data. +const ( + // InputPsiControlIgnorePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value + InputPsiControlIgnorePsi = "IGNORE_PSI" + + // InputPsiControlUsePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value + InputPsiControlUsePsi = "USE_PSI" +) + +// Use Timecode source (InputTimecodeSource) to specify how timecode information +// from your input is adjusted and encoded in all outputs for the job. Default +// is embedded. Set to Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecode that is in the +// input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, will set the timecode +// for the first frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) to set +// the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. Set to Specified start +// (SPECIFIEDSTART) to provide the initial timecode yourself the setting (Start). +const ( + // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value + InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" + + // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value + InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" + + // InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a InputTimecodeSource enum value + InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART" +) + +// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR. +const ( + // JobStatusSubmitted is a JobStatus enum value + JobStatusSubmitted = "SUBMITTED" + + // JobStatusProgressing is a JobStatus enum value + JobStatusProgressing = "PROGRESSING" + + // JobStatusComplete is a JobStatus enum value + JobStatusComplete = "COMPLETE" + + // JobStatusCanceled is a JobStatus enum value + JobStatusCanceled = "CANCELED" + + // JobStatusError is a JobStatus enum value + JobStatusError = "ERROR" +) + +// Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list +// them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't +// specify, the service will list them by name. +const ( + // JobTemplateListByName is a JobTemplateListBy enum value + JobTemplateListByName = "NAME" + + // JobTemplateListByCreationDate is a JobTemplateListBy enum value + JobTemplateListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" + + // JobTemplateListBySystem is a JobTemplateListBy enum value + JobTemplateListBySystem = "SYSTEM" +) + +// Code to specify the language, following the specification "ISO 639-2 three-digit +// code":http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ +const ( + // LanguageCodeEng is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEng = "ENG" + + // LanguageCodeSpa is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSpa = "SPA" + + // LanguageCodeFra is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFra = "FRA" + + // LanguageCodeDeu is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeDeu = "DEU" + + // LanguageCodeGer is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGer = "GER" + + // LanguageCodeZho is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeZho = "ZHO" + + // LanguageCodeAra is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAra = "ARA" + + // LanguageCodeHin is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHin = "HIN" + + // LanguageCodeJpn is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeJpn = "JPN" + + // LanguageCodeRus is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeRus = "RUS" + + // LanguageCodePor is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodePor = "POR" + + // LanguageCodeIta is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIta = "ITA" + + // LanguageCodeUrd is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeUrd = "URD" + + // LanguageCodeVie is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeVie = "VIE" + + // LanguageCodeKor is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKor = "KOR" + + // LanguageCodePan is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodePan = "PAN" + + // LanguageCodeAbk is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAbk = "ABK" + + // LanguageCodeAar is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAar = "AAR" + + // LanguageCodeAfr is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAfr = "AFR" + + // LanguageCodeAka is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAka = "AKA" + + // LanguageCodeSqi is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSqi = "SQI" + + // LanguageCodeAmh is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAmh = "AMH" + + // LanguageCodeArg is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeArg = "ARG" + + // LanguageCodeHye is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHye = "HYE" + + // LanguageCodeAsm is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAsm = "ASM" + + // LanguageCodeAva is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAva = "AVA" + + // LanguageCodeAve is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAve = "AVE" + + // LanguageCodeAym is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAym = "AYM" + + // LanguageCodeAze is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeAze = "AZE" + + // LanguageCodeBam is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBam = "BAM" + + // LanguageCodeBak is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBak = "BAK" + + // LanguageCodeEus is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEus = "EUS" + + // LanguageCodeBel is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBel = "BEL" + + // LanguageCodeBen is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBen = "BEN" + + // LanguageCodeBih is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBih = "BIH" + + // LanguageCodeBis is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBis = "BIS" + + // LanguageCodeBos is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBos = "BOS" + + // LanguageCodeBre is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBre = "BRE" + + // LanguageCodeBul is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBul = "BUL" + + // LanguageCodeMya is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMya = "MYA" + + // LanguageCodeCat is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCat = "CAT" + + // LanguageCodeKhm is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKhm = "KHM" + + // LanguageCodeCha is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCha = "CHA" + + // LanguageCodeChe is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeChe = "CHE" + + // LanguageCodeNya is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNya = "NYA" + + // LanguageCodeChu is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeChu = "CHU" + + // LanguageCodeChv is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeChv = "CHV" + + // LanguageCodeCor is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCor = "COR" + + // LanguageCodeCos is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCos = "COS" + + // LanguageCodeCre is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCre = "CRE" + + // LanguageCodeHrv is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHrv = "HRV" + + // LanguageCodeCes is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCes = "CES" + + // LanguageCodeDan is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeDan = "DAN" + + // LanguageCodeDiv is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeDiv = "DIV" + + // LanguageCodeNld is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNld = "NLD" + + // LanguageCodeDzo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeDzo = "DZO" + + // LanguageCodeEnm is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEnm = "ENM" + + // LanguageCodeEpo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEpo = "EPO" + + // LanguageCodeEst is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEst = "EST" + + // LanguageCodeEwe is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEwe = "EWE" + + // LanguageCodeFao is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFao = "FAO" + + // LanguageCodeFij is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFij = "FIJ" + + // LanguageCodeFin is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFin = "FIN" + + // LanguageCodeFrm is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFrm = "FRM" + + // LanguageCodeFul is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFul = "FUL" + + // LanguageCodeGla is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGla = "GLA" + + // LanguageCodeGlg is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGlg = "GLG" + + // LanguageCodeLug is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLug = "LUG" + + // LanguageCodeKat is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKat = "KAT" + + // LanguageCodeEll is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeEll = "ELL" + + // LanguageCodeGrn is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGrn = "GRN" + + // LanguageCodeGuj is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGuj = "GUJ" + + // LanguageCodeHat is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHat = "HAT" + + // LanguageCodeHau is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHau = "HAU" + + // LanguageCodeHeb is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHeb = "HEB" + + // LanguageCodeHer is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHer = "HER" + + // LanguageCodeHmo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHmo = "HMO" + + // LanguageCodeHun is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeHun = "HUN" + + // LanguageCodeIsl is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIsl = "ISL" + + // LanguageCodeIdo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIdo = "IDO" + + // LanguageCodeIbo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIbo = "IBO" + + // LanguageCodeInd is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeInd = "IND" + + // LanguageCodeIna is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIna = "INA" + + // LanguageCodeIle is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIle = "ILE" + + // LanguageCodeIku is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIku = "IKU" + + // LanguageCodeIpk is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIpk = "IPK" + + // LanguageCodeGle is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGle = "GLE" + + // LanguageCodeJav is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeJav = "JAV" + + // LanguageCodeKal is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKal = "KAL" + + // LanguageCodeKan is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKan = "KAN" + + // LanguageCodeKau is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKau = "KAU" + + // LanguageCodeKas is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKas = "KAS" + + // LanguageCodeKaz is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKaz = "KAZ" + + // LanguageCodeKik is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKik = "KIK" + + // LanguageCodeKin is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKin = "KIN" + + // LanguageCodeKir is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKir = "KIR" + + // LanguageCodeKom is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKom = "KOM" + + // LanguageCodeKon is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKon = "KON" + + // LanguageCodeKua is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKua = "KUA" + + // LanguageCodeKur is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeKur = "KUR" + + // LanguageCodeLao is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLao = "LAO" + + // LanguageCodeLat is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLat = "LAT" + + // LanguageCodeLav is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLav = "LAV" + + // LanguageCodeLim is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLim = "LIM" + + // LanguageCodeLin is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLin = "LIN" + + // LanguageCodeLit is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLit = "LIT" + + // LanguageCodeLub is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLub = "LUB" + + // LanguageCodeLtz is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeLtz = "LTZ" + + // LanguageCodeMkd is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMkd = "MKD" + + // LanguageCodeMlg is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMlg = "MLG" + + // LanguageCodeMsa is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMsa = "MSA" + + // LanguageCodeMal is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMal = "MAL" + + // LanguageCodeMlt is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMlt = "MLT" + + // LanguageCodeGlv is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeGlv = "GLV" + + // LanguageCodeMri is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMri = "MRI" + + // LanguageCodeMar is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMar = "MAR" + + // LanguageCodeMah is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMah = "MAH" + + // LanguageCodeMon is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeMon = "MON" + + // LanguageCodeNau is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNau = "NAU" + + // LanguageCodeNav is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNav = "NAV" + + // LanguageCodeNde is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNde = "NDE" + + // LanguageCodeNbl is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNbl = "NBL" + + // LanguageCodeNdo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNdo = "NDO" + + // LanguageCodeNep is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNep = "NEP" + + // LanguageCodeSme is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSme = "SME" + + // LanguageCodeNor is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNor = "NOR" + + // LanguageCodeNob is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNob = "NOB" + + // LanguageCodeNno is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeNno = "NNO" + + // LanguageCodeOci is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOci = "OCI" + + // LanguageCodeOji is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOji = "OJI" + + // LanguageCodeOri is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOri = "ORI" + + // LanguageCodeOrm is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOrm = "ORM" + + // LanguageCodeOss is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOss = "OSS" + + // LanguageCodePli is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodePli = "PLI" + + // LanguageCodeFas is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFas = "FAS" + + // LanguageCodePol is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodePol = "POL" + + // LanguageCodePus is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodePus = "PUS" + + // LanguageCodeQue is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeQue = "QUE" + + // LanguageCodeQaa is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeQaa = "QAA" + + // LanguageCodeRon is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeRon = "RON" + + // LanguageCodeRoh is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeRoh = "ROH" + + // LanguageCodeRun is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeRun = "RUN" + + // LanguageCodeSmo is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSmo = "SMO" + + // LanguageCodeSag is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSag = "SAG" + + // LanguageCodeSan is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSan = "SAN" + + // LanguageCodeSrd is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSrd = "SRD" + + // LanguageCodeSrb is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSrb = "SRB" + + // LanguageCodeSna is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSna = "SNA" + + // LanguageCodeIii is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeIii = "III" + + // LanguageCodeSnd is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSnd = "SND" + + // LanguageCodeSin is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSin = "SIN" + + // LanguageCodeSlk is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSlk = "SLK" + + // LanguageCodeSlv is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSlv = "SLV" + + // LanguageCodeSom is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSom = "SOM" + + // LanguageCodeSot is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSot = "SOT" + + // LanguageCodeSun is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSun = "SUN" + + // LanguageCodeSwa is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSwa = "SWA" + + // LanguageCodeSsw is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSsw = "SSW" + + // LanguageCodeSwe is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeSwe = "SWE" + + // LanguageCodeTgl is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTgl = "TGL" + + // LanguageCodeTah is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTah = "TAH" + + // LanguageCodeTgk is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTgk = "TGK" + + // LanguageCodeTam is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTam = "TAM" + + // LanguageCodeTat is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTat = "TAT" + + // LanguageCodeTel is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTel = "TEL" + + // LanguageCodeTha is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTha = "THA" + + // LanguageCodeBod is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeBod = "BOD" + + // LanguageCodeTir is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTir = "TIR" + + // LanguageCodeTon is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTon = "TON" + + // LanguageCodeTso is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTso = "TSO" + + // LanguageCodeTsn is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTsn = "TSN" + + // LanguageCodeTur is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTur = "TUR" + + // LanguageCodeTuk is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTuk = "TUK" + + // LanguageCodeTwi is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTwi = "TWI" + + // LanguageCodeUig is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeUig = "UIG" + + // LanguageCodeUkr is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeUkr = "UKR" + + // LanguageCodeUzb is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeUzb = "UZB" + + // LanguageCodeVen is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeVen = "VEN" + + // LanguageCodeVol is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeVol = "VOL" + + // LanguageCodeWln is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeWln = "WLN" + + // LanguageCodeCym is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeCym = "CYM" + + // LanguageCodeFry is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeFry = "FRY" + + // LanguageCodeWol is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeWol = "WOL" + + // LanguageCodeXho is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeXho = "XHO" + + // LanguageCodeYid is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeYid = "YID" + + // LanguageCodeYor is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeYor = "YOR" + + // LanguageCodeZha is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeZha = "ZHA" + + // LanguageCodeZul is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeZul = "ZUL" + + // LanguageCodeOrj is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeOrj = "ORJ" + + // LanguageCodeQpc is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeQpc = "QPC" + + // LanguageCodeTng is a LanguageCode enum value + LanguageCodeTng = "TNG" +) + +// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio. +const ( + // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value + M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" + + // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value + M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" +) + +// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, +// use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, +// but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. +const ( + // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value + M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" + + // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value + M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" +) + +// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to +// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be +// fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When +// set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only +// applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers +// is EBP or EBP_LEGACY). +const ( + // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value + M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" + + // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value + M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" +) + +// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only +// on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable +// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP +// or EBP_LEGACY). +const ( + // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value + M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" + + // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value + M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" +) + +// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header. +const ( + // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value + M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value + M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted +// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only +// when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. +const ( + // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value + M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" + + // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value + M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" +) + +// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified +// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, +// but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate. +const ( + // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value + M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" + + // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value + M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" +) + +// Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from +// input to output. This is only available for certain containers. +const ( + // M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough is a M2tsScte35Source enum value + M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // M2tsScte35SourceNone is a M2tsScte35Source enum value + M2tsScte35SourceNone = "NONE" +) + +// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart +// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets +// the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart +// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary +// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification +// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information +// to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. +const ( + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" +) + +// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted +// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may +// be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. +// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is +// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means +// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. +// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment +// is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. +// This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, +// all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. +// Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule. +const ( + // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value + M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" + + // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value + M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" +) + +// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted +// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective +// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. +const ( + // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value + M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" + + // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value + M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" +) + +// Enables SCTE-35 passthrough (scte35Source) to pass any SCTE-35 signals from +// input to output. This is only available for certain containers. +const ( + // M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value + M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // M3u8Scte35SourceNone is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value + M3u8Scte35SourceNone = "NONE" +) + +// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings. +const ( + // MovClapAtomInclude is a MovClapAtom enum value + MovClapAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // MovClapAtomExclude is a MovClapAtom enum value + MovClapAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times +// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, +// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per +// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. +const ( + // MovCslgAtomInclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value + MovCslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // MovCslgAtomExclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value + MovCslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using +// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, +// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the +// video codec is MPEG2. +const ( + // MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value + MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam = "XDCAM" + + // MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value + MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg = "MPEG" +) + +// If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding +const ( + // MovPaddingControlOmneon is a MovPaddingControl enum value + MovPaddingControlOmneon = "OMNEON" + + // MovPaddingControlNone is a MovPaddingControl enum value + MovPaddingControlNone = "NONE" +) + +// A value of 'external' creates separate media files and the wrapper file (.mov) +// contains references to these media files. A value of 'self_contained' creates +// only a wrapper (.mov) file and this file contains all of the media. +const ( + // MovReferenceSelfContained is a MovReference enum value + MovReferenceSelfContained = "SELF_CONTAINED" + + // MovReferenceExternal is a MovReference enum value + MovReferenceExternal = "EXTERNAL" +) + +// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times +// in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, +// and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per +// 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools. +const ( + // Mp4CslgAtomInclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value + Mp4CslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // Mp4CslgAtomExclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value + Mp4CslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box. +const ( + // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value + Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude = "INCLUDE" + + // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value + Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude = "EXCLUDE" +) + +// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning +// of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed +// normally at the end. +const ( + // Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value + Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD" + + // Mp4MoovPlacementNormal is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value + Mp4MoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL" +) + +// Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual +// quality. +const ( + // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" + + // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" + + // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" + + // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" +) + +// Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output. +const ( + // Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value + Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO" + + // Mpeg2CodecLevelLow is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value + Mpeg2CodecLevelLow = "LOW" + + // Mpeg2CodecLevelMain is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value + Mpeg2CodecLevelMain = "MAIN" + + // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value + Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 = "HIGH1440" + + // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value + Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh = "HIGH" +) + +// Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output. +const ( + // Mpeg2CodecProfileMain is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value + Mpeg2CodecProfileMain = "MAIN" + + // Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value + Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 = "PROFILE_422" +) + +// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want +// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this +// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. +const ( + // Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value + Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value + Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. +const ( + // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" + + // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" +) + +// Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If +// seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time. +const ( + // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value + Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" + + // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value + Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" +) + +// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. +// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce +// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top +// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default +// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, +// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the +// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow +// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and +// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be +// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending +// on which of the Follow options you chose. +const ( + // Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value + Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" + + // Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value + Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" + + // Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value + Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" + + // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value + Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" + + // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value + Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" +) + +// Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision +// for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service +// will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression +// ratio. +const ( + // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value + Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto = "AUTO" + + // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value + Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8" + + // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value + Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9" + + // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value + Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10" + + // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value + Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11" +) + +// Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the +// pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing +// Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio. +const ( + // Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value + Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // Mpeg2ParControlSpecified is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value + Mpeg2ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to +// use single-pass or multipass video encoding. +const ( + // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value + Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS" + + // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value + Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS" +) + +// Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate +// is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr). +const ( + // Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value + Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" + + // Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value + Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" +) + +// Scene change detection (inserts I-frames on scene changes). +const ( + // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value + Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value + Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled +// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. +const ( + // Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value + Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value + Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001). +const ( + // Mpeg2SyntaxDefault is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value + Mpeg2SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // Mpeg2SyntaxD10 is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value + Mpeg2SyntaxD10 = "D_10" +) + +// Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. +// Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from +// a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave +// converstion to the player. +const ( + // Mpeg2TelecineNone is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value + Mpeg2TelecineNone = "NONE" + + // Mpeg2TelecineSoft is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value + Mpeg2TelecineSoft = "SOFT" + + // Mpeg2TelecineHard is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value + Mpeg2TelecineHard = "HARD" +) + +// Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content +// complexity. +const ( + // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value + Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across +// a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream. +const ( + // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value + MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS" + + // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value + MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone = "NONE" +) + +// Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding +// format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16. +const ( + // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value + MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 = "UTF8" + + // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value + MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 = "UTF16" +) + +// Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following +// spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable +// Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral is an edge preserving noise reduction +// filter * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) are convolution +// filters * Conserve is a min/max noise reduction filter * Spatial is frequency-domain +// filter based on JND principles. +const ( + // NoiseReducerFilterBilateral is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterBilateral = "BILATERAL" + + // NoiseReducerFilterMean is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterMean = "MEAN" + + // NoiseReducerFilterGaussian is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterGaussian = "GAUSSIAN" + + // NoiseReducerFilterLanczos is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterLanczos = "LANCZOS" + + // NoiseReducerFilterSharpen is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterSharpen = "SHARPEN" + + // NoiseReducerFilterConserve is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterConserve = "CONSERVE" + + // NoiseReducerFilterSpatial is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value + NoiseReducerFilterSpatial = "SPATIAL" +) + +// When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they +// are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource. +const ( + // OrderAscending is a Order enum value + OrderAscending = "ASCENDING" + + // OrderDescending is a Order enum value + OrderDescending = "DESCENDING" +) + +const ( + // OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value + OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS" + + // OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value + OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS" + + // OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value + OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS" + + // OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value + OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS" +) + +// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input +// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input +// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream +// if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on +// the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT +// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information. +const ( + // OutputSdtSdtFollow is a OutputSdt enum value + OutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" + + // OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a OutputSdt enum value + OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" + + // OutputSdtSdtManual is a OutputSdt enum value + OutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" + + // OutputSdtSdtNone is a OutputSdt enum value + OutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" +) + +// Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them +// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't +// specify, the service will list them by name. +const ( + // PresetListByName is a PresetListBy enum value + PresetListByName = "NAME" + + // PresetListByCreationDate is a PresetListBy enum value + PresetListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" + + // PresetListBySystem is a PresetListBy enum value + PresetListBySystem = "SYSTEM" +) + +// Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec +// to use for this output. +const ( + // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 is a ProresCodecProfile enum value + ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 = "APPLE_PRORES_422" + + // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq is a ProresCodecProfile enum value + ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ" + + // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt is a ProresCodecProfile enum value + ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT" + + // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy is a ProresCodecProfile enum value + ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY" +) + +// Using the API, set FramerateControl to INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want +// the service to use the framerate from the input. Using the console, do this +// by choosing INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE for Framerate. +const ( + // ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresFramerateControl enum value + ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // ProresFramerateControlSpecified is a ProresFramerateControl enum value + ProresFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during framerate conversion. +const ( + // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP" + + // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value + ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE" +) + +// Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. +// * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce +// interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top +// or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOw_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default +// Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, +// behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the +// output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow +// the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and +// "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be +// interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending +// on which of the Follow options you chose. +const ( + // ProresInterlaceModeProgressive is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value + ProresInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" + + // ProresInterlaceModeTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value + ProresInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD" + + // ProresInterlaceModeBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value + ProresInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD" + + // ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value + ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD" + + // ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value + ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD" +) + +// Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect +// ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect +// ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the +// console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl +// to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator). +const ( + // ProresParControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresParControl enum value + ProresParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // ProresParControlSpecified is a ProresParControl enum value + ProresParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +// Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled +// as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly. +const ( + // ProresSlowPalDisabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value + ProresSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // ProresSlowPalEnabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value + ProresSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +// Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to +// 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i +// output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output +// and leave converstion to the player. +const ( + // ProresTelecineNone is a ProresTelecine enum value + ProresTelecineNone = "NONE" + + // ProresTelecineHard is a ProresTelecine enum value + ProresTelecineHard = "HARD" +) + +// Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them +// alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't +// specify, the service will list them by creation date. +const ( + // QueueListByName is a QueueListBy enum value + QueueListByName = "NAME" + + // QueueListByCreationDate is a QueueListBy enum value + QueueListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE" +) + +// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue +// will not begin. Jobs running when a queue is paused continue to run until +// they finish or error out. +const ( + // QueueStatusActive is a QueueStatus enum value + QueueStatusActive = "ACTIVE" + + // QueueStatusPaused is a QueueStatus enum value + QueueStatusPaused = "PAUSED" +) + +// Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the +// video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to +// clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect +// ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the +// input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). +// A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) +// and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values +// from this output. +const ( + // RespondToAfdNone is a RespondToAfd enum value + RespondToAfdNone = "NONE" + + // RespondToAfdRespond is a RespondToAfd enum value + RespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" + + // RespondToAfdPassthrough is a RespondToAfd enum value + RespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +// Applies only if your input aspect ratio is different from your output aspect +// ratio. Enable Stretch to output (StretchToOutput) to have the service stretch +// your video image to fit. Leave this setting disabled to allow the service +// to letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any positioning value +// you specify elsewhere in the job. +const ( + // ScalingBehaviorDefault is a ScalingBehavior enum value + ScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a ScalingBehavior enum value + ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" +) + +// Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and +// the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a framerate that matches +// the framerate of the associated video. If the video framerate is 29.97, choose +// 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true +// and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME). +const ( + // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value + SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 = "FRAMERATE_23_97" + + // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value + SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 = "FRAMERATE_24" + + // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value + SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME" + + // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value + SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME" +) + +// Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to +// specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video. +const ( + // TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter = "TOP_CENTER" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft = "TOP_LEFT" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight = "TOP_RIGHT" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft = "MIDDLE_LEFT" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter = "MIDDLE_CENTER" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight = "MIDDLE_RIGHT" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft = "BOTTOM_LEFT" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter = "BOTTOM_CENTER" + + // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value + TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight = "BOTTOM_RIGHT" +) + +// Use Timecode source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within +// this input. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are +// synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, +// choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes +// are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) +// - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is +// in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start +// at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. +// * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame +// to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this +// value. +const ( + // TimecodeSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeSource enum value + TimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" + + // TimecodeSourceZerobased is a TimecodeSource enum value + TimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" + + // TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a TimecodeSource enum value + TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART" +) + +// If PASSTHROUGH, inserts ID3 timed metadata from the timed_metadata REST command +// into this output. Only available for certain containers. +const ( + // TimedMetadataPassthrough is a TimedMetadata enum value + TimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // TimedMetadataNone is a TimedMetadata enum value + TimedMetadataNone = "NONE" +) + +// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source +// (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output. +const ( + // TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value + TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value + TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED" +) + +const ( + // TypeSystem is a Type enum value + TypeSystem = "SYSTEM" + + // TypeCustom is a Type enum value + TypeCustom = "CUSTOM" +) + +// Type of video codec +const ( + // VideoCodecFrameCapture is a VideoCodec enum value + VideoCodecFrameCapture = "FRAME_CAPTURE" + + // VideoCodecH264 is a VideoCodec enum value + VideoCodecH264 = "H_264" + + // VideoCodecH265 is a VideoCodec enum value + VideoCodecH265 = "H_265" + + // VideoCodecMpeg2 is a VideoCodec enum value + VideoCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" + + // VideoCodecProres is a VideoCodec enum value + VideoCodecProres = "PRORES" +) + +// Enable Timecode insertion to include timecode information in this output. +// Do this in the API by setting (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to (PIC_TIMING_SEI). +// To get timecodes to appear correctly in your output, also set up the timecode +// configuration for your job in the input settings. Only enable Timecode insertion +// when the input framerate is identical to output framerate. Disable this setting +// to remove the timecode from the output. Default is disabled. +const ( + // VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value + VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value + VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f30ea5eb708 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package mediaconvert provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Elemental MediaConvert. +// +// AWS Elemental MediaConvert +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29 for more information on this service. +// +// See mediaconvert package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Elemental MediaConvert with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Elemental MediaConvert client MediaConvert for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/#New +package mediaconvert diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a607419d1c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediaconvert + +const ( + + // ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code + // "BadRequestException". + ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException" + + // ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code + // "ConflictException". + ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException" + + // ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code + // "ForbiddenException". + ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code + // "InternalServerErrorException". + ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException" + + // ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code + // "NotFoundException". + ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code + // "TooManyRequestsException". + ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57088839281 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediaconvert + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" +) + +// MediaConvert provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Elemental MediaConvert. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// MediaConvert methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type MediaConvert struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "mediaconvert" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the MediaConvert client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a MediaConvert client from just a session. +// svc := mediaconvert.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a MediaConvert client with additional configuration +// svc := mediaconvert.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaConvert { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *MediaConvert { + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = "mediaconvert" + } + svc := &MediaConvert{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-08-29", + JSONVersion: "1.1", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restjson.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a MediaConvert operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *MediaConvert) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa6f545b7e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,10820 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package medialive + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opCreateChannel = "CreateChannel" + +// CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel +func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateChannel, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateChannelInput{} + } + + output = &CreateChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Creates a new channel +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel +func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateInput = "CreateInput" + +// CreateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateInput operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateInput for more information on using the CreateInput +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateInputRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputRequest(input *CreateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateInput, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateInputInput{} + } + + output = &CreateInputOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Create an input +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation CreateInput for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInput(input *CreateInputInput) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateInputWithContext is the same as CreateInput with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateInput for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateInputSecurityGroup = "CreateInputSecurityGroup" + +// CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateInputSecurityGroup +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateInputSecurityGroup, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateInputSecurityGroupInput{} + } + + output = &CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Creates a Input Security Group +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation CreateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteChannel = "DeleteChannel" + +// DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteChannel, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteChannelInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteInput = "DeleteInput" + +// DeleteInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteInput operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteInput for more information on using the DeleteInput +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteInputRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest(input *DeleteInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteInput, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteInputInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteInputOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Deletes the input end point +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DeleteInput for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInput(input *DeleteInputInput) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteInputWithContext is the same as DeleteInput with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteInput for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteInputSecurityGroup = "DeleteInputSecurityGroup" + +// DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteInputSecurityGroup +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteInputSecurityGroup, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Deletes an Input Security Group +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DeleteInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteInputSecurityGroup with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel" + +// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeChannel, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeChannelInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Gets details about a channel +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeInput = "DescribeInput" + +// DescribeInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeInput operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeInput for more information on using the DescribeInput +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeInputRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest(input *DescribeInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeInput, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeInputInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeInputOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Produces details about an input +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DescribeInput for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInput(input *DescribeInputInput) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeInputWithContext is the same as DescribeInput with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeInput for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeInputSecurityGroup = "DescribeInputSecurityGroup" + +// DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DescribeInputSecurityGroup +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeInputSecurityGroup, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Produces a summary of an Input Security Group +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation DescribeInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeInputSecurityGroup with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListChannels = "ListChannels" + +// ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels +func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListChannels, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListChannelsInput{} + } + + output = &ListChannelsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Produces list of channels that have been created +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation ListChannels for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels +func (c *MediaLive) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListChannelsPages(params, +// func(page *ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListChannelsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListChannelsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListChannelsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListChannelsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListInputSecurityGroups = "ListInputSecurityGroups" + +// ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListInputSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListInputSecurityGroups for more information on using the ListInputSecurityGroups +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListInputSecurityGroups, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListInputSecurityGroupsInput{} + } + + output = &ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListInputSecurityGroups API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation ListInputSecurityGroups for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as ListInputSecurityGroups with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListInputSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListInputSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListInputSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(params, +// func(page *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as ListInputSecurityGroupsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListInputs = "ListInputs" + +// ListInputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListInputs operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListInputs for more information on using the ListInputs +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListInputsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListInputsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsRequest(input *ListInputsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListInputs, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListInputsInput{} + } + + output = &ListInputsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListInputs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Produces list of inputs that have been created +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation ListInputs for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputs(input *ListInputsInput) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListInputsWithContext is the same as ListInputs with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListInputs for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListInputsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputs operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListInputs method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputs operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListInputsPages(params, +// func(page *ListInputsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPages(input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListInputsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListInputsPagesWithContext same as ListInputsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListInputsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListInputsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListInputsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opStartChannel = "StartChannel" + +// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel +func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStartChannel, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StartChannelInput{} + } + + output = &StartChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Starts an existing channel +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel +func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opStopChannel = "StopChannel" + +// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel +func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opStopChannel, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &StopChannelInput{} + } + + output = &StopChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// Stops a running channel +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's +// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeBadRequestException "BadRequestException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeBadGatewayException "BadGatewayException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException "GatewayTimeoutException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// * ErrCodeConflictException "ConflictException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel +func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AacSettings +type AacSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode + // and profile. + Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` + + // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control + // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description + // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, + // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex + // E. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` + + // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD + // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set + // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster + // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed + // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl + // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave + // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD. + InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"` + + // AAC Profile. + Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"` + + // Rate Control Mode. + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` + + // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers. + RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` + + // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. + SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` + + // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport + // Stream containers. + Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"` + + // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR. + VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AacSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings { + s.InputType = &v + return s +} + +// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings { + s.Profile = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { + s.RawFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings { + s.Spec = &v + return s +} + +// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. +func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { + s.VbrQuality = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Ac3Settings +type Ac3Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. + Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` + + // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC + // A/52-2012 for background on these values. + BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` + + // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` + + // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital, + // dialnorm will be passed through. + Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` + + // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output + // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. + DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"` + + // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior + // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode. + LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` + + // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, + // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied + // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. + MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.BitstreamMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { + s.Dialnorm = &v + return s +} + +// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.DrcProfile = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.LfeFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. +func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { + s.MetadataControl = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ArchiveContainerSettings +type ArchiveContainerSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. +func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings { + s.M2tsSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ArchiveGroupSettings +type ArchiveGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written. If the + // base filename portion of the URI is left blank, the base filename of the + // first input will be automatically inserted. + Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure"` + + // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a + // new one. + RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value. +func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings { + s.RolloverInterval = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ArchiveOutputSettings +type ArchiveOutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings specific to the container type of the file. + ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container + // type. + Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` + + // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for + // multiple outputs of the same type. + NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. +func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings { + s.ContainerSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. +func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { + s.Extension = &v + return s +} + +// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. +func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { + s.NameModifier = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AribDestinationSettings +type AribDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AribSourceSettings +type AribSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioChannelMapping +type AudioChannelMapping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into + // this output channel. + InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list"` + + // The index of the output channel being produced. + OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value. +func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping { + s.InputChannelLevels = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value. +func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping { + s.OutputChannel = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioCodecSettings +type AudioCodecSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` + + Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` + + Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` + + Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` + + PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.AacSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Ac3Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Eac3Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.Mp2Settings = v + return s +} + +// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { + s.PassThroughSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioDescription +type AudioDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Advanced audio normalization settings. + AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription. + AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string"` + + // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType + // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1. + AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"` + + // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains + // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If + // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included + // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the + // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is + // broadcasterMixedAd. + AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"` + + // Audio codec settings. + CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates the language of the audio output track. Only used if languageControlMode + // is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 language code specified in the input. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` + + // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to + // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used + // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no + // ISO 639 language code specified by the input. + LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"` + + // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely + // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within + // this Live Event. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output + // audio channels. + RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by + // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). + StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioSelectorName = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioType = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.AudioTypeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.CodecSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.LanguageCodeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { + s.RemixSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. +func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { + s.StreamName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioLanguageSelection +type AudioLanguageSelection struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` + + // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio + // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an + // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present + // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on + // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with + // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language. + LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value. +func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { + s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioNormalizationSettings +type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification, + // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. + Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` + + // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. + // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. + AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` + + // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default + // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) + // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends + // a target of -23 LKFS. + TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.Algorithm = &v + return s +} + +// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.AlgorithmControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. +func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { + s.TargetLkfs = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioOnlyHlsSettings +type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. + AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` + + // For use with an audio only Stream. Must be a .jpg or .png file. If given, + // this image will be used as the cover-art for the audio only output. Ideally, + // it should be formatted for an iPhone screen for two reasons. The iPhone does + // not resize the image, it crops a centered image on the top/bottom and left/right. + // Additionally, this image file gets saved bit-for-bit into every 10-second + // segment file, so will increase bandwidth by {image file size} * {segment + // count} * {user count.}. + AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"` + + // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe + // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth + // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate + // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try + // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest + // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate + // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as + // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate + // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to + // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with + // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO + AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. +func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { + s.AudioGroupId = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value. +func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { + s.AudioOnlyImage = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. +func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { + s.AudioTrackType = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioPidSelection +type AudioPidSelection struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects a specific PID from within a source. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioSelector +type AudioSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely + // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // The audio selector settings. + SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. +func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector { + s.SelectorSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AudioSelectorSettings +type AudioSelectorSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"` + + AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value. +func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { + s.AudioLanguageSelection = v + return s +} + +// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value. +func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { + s.AudioPidSelection = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AvailBlanking +type AvailBlanking struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png + // images are supported. + AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"` + + // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when + // insertion metadata is added. + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. +func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking { + s.AvailBlankingImage = v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AvailConfiguration +type AvailConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Ad avail settings. + AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value. +func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration { + s.AvailSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AvailSettings +type AvailSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"` + + Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s AvailSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value. +func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings { + s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v + return s +} + +// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value. +func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings { + s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BlackoutSlate +type BlackoutSlate struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and + // png images are supported. + BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"` + + // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions, + // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End + // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when + // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End + // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the + // value entered in "Network ID". + NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"` + + // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled + // to fill the entire output raster. + NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"` + + // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C"). + NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" type:"string"` + + // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when + // indicated by program metadata. + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value. +func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { + s.BlackoutSlateImage = v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value. +func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate { + s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value. +func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { + s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. +func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate { + s.NetworkId = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BurnInDestinationSettings +type BurnInDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered + // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting + // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If + // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, + // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. + // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify + // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"` + + // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' + // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types + // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. + // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display + // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for + // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` + + // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. + // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` + + // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions + // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already + // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings + // must match. + OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"` + + // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source + // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub + // font settings must match. + ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving + // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in + // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in + // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. + // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles + // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. + TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"` + + // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side + // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting + // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, + // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the + // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 + // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, + // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in + // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.Alignment = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFont sets the Font field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.Font = v + return s +} + +// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.FontColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.FontOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.FontResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.FontSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowXOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowYOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextGridControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.XPosition = &v + return s +} + +// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. +func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { + s.YPosition = &v + return s +} + +// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about +// where streams should be distributed. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CaptionDescription +type CaptionDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating + // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name. + CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string"` + + // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination + // type. + DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` + + // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. + // English, or Spanish). + LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` + + // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description + // with an output. Names must be unique within an event. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.CaptionSelectorName = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { + s.DestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.LanguageDescription = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CaptionDestinationSettings +type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` + + WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.AribDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { + s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v + return s +} + +// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), +// with an optional description. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CaptionLanguageMapping +type CaptionLanguageMapping struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Channel to insert closed captions. Each channel mapping must have a unique + // channel number (maximum of 4) + CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" type:"integer"` + + // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2) + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` + + // Textual description of language + LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. +func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping { + s.CaptionChannel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. +func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { + s.LanguageDescription = &v + return s +} + +// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about +// where streams should be distributed. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CaptionSelector +type CaptionSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the + // caption track to extract from the source. + LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` + + // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this + // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique + // within an event. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Caption selector settings. + SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { + s.LanguageCode = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector { + s.SelectorSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CaptionSelectorSettings +type CaptionSelectorSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"` + + TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.AribSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.Scte20SourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.Scte27SourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. +func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { + s.TeletextSourceSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Channel +type Channel struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique arn of the channel. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination + // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per + // packager. + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + // The unique id of the channel. + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // List of input attachments for channel. + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // The number of currently healthy pipelines. + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Channel) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Channel) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ChannelEgressEndpoint +type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from + SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value. +func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint { + s.SourceIp = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ChannelSummary +type ChannelSummary struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique arn of the channel. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination + // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per + // packager. + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + // The unique id of the channel. + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // List of input attachments for channel. + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // The number of currently healthy pipelines. + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ChannelSummary) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannelRequest +type CreateChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` + + Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" type:"string"` + + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.RequestId = &v + return s +} + +// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.Reserved = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannelResponse +type CreateChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput { + s.Channel = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputRequest +type CreateInputInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` + + Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` + + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput { + s.InputSecurityGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput { + s.RequestId = &v + return s +} + +// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput { + s.Sources = v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputResponse +type CreateInputOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInput sets the Input field's value. +func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput { + s.Input = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest +type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. +func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { + s.WhitelistRules = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroupResponse +type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An Input Security Group + SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. +func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput { + s.SecurityGroup = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannelRequest +type DeleteChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ChannelId is a required field + ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"} + if s.ChannelId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannelResponse +type DeleteChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputRequest +type DeleteInputInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // InputId is a required field + InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"} + if s.InputId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. +func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput { + s.InputId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputResponse +type DeleteInputOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest +type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field + InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"} + if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. +func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput { + s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroupResponse +type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannelRequest +type DescribeChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ChannelId is a required field + ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"} + if s.ChannelId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannelResponse +type DescribeChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputRequest +type DescribeInputInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // InputId is a required field + InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"} + if s.InputId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput { + s.InputId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputResponse +type DescribeInputOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` + + Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` + + Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` + + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.AttachedChannels = v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.SecurityGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Sources = v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest +type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field + InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"} + if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput { + s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroupResponse +type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. +func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { + s.WhitelistRules = v + return s +} + +// DVB Network Information Table (NIT) +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DvbNitSettings +type DvbNitSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). + NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"` + + // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network + // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" type:"string"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { + s.NetworkId = &v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { + s.NetworkName = &v + return s +} + +// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { + s.RepInterval = &v + return s +} + +// DVB Service Description Table (SDT) +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DvbSdtSettings +type DvbSdtSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow + // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent + // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT + // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined + // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information. + // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information. + OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" type:"integer"` + + // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description + // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string"` + + // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service + // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. + ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.OutputSdt = &v + return s +} + +// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.RepInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.ServiceName = &v + return s +} + +// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. +func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { + s.ServiceProviderName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DvbSubDestinationSettings +type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered + // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting + // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If + // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, + // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. + // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify + // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that + // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by + // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"` + + // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' + // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types + // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. + // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display + // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for + // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and + // DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" type:"integer"` + + // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. + // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` + + // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions + // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already + // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings + // must match. + OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"` + + // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source + // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings + // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font + // settings must match. + OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub + // font settings must match. + ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"` + + // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving + // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in + // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. + // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` + + // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles + // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. + TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"` + + // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side + // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting + // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, + // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. + // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or + // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. + // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` + + // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the + // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 + // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, + // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option + // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. + // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All + // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. + YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.Alignment = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.BackgroundOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFont sets the Font field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.Font = v + return s +} + +// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.FontSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.OutlineSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowOpacity = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowXOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.ShadowYOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.TeletextGridControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.XPosition = &v + return s +} + +// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. +func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { + s.YPosition = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DvbSubSourceSettings +type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source + // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, + // regardless of selectors. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT) +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DvbTdtSettings +type DvbTdtSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. + RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. +func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { + s.RepInterval = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Eac3Settings +type Eac3Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. + // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. + Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` + + // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC + // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. + BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` + + // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` + + // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. + DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` + + // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital + // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. + Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" type:"integer"` + + // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile. + DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"` + + // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that + // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels. + DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"` + + // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel + LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` + + // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior + // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode. + LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` + + // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` + + // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, + // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied + // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. + MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` + + // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is + // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. + // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent + // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. + PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` + + // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround + // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` + + // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. + StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` + + // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel + // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. + SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` + + // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into + // the two channels. + SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.AttenuationControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.BitstreamMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DcFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { + s.Dialnorm = &v + return s +} + +// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DrcLine = &v + return s +} + +// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.DrcRf = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.LfeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.LfeFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { + s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v + return s +} + +// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.MetadataControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.PassthroughControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.PhaseControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.StereoDownmix = &v + return s +} + +// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.SurroundExMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. +func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { + s.SurroundMode = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/EmbeddedDestinationSettings +type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings +type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/EmbeddedSourceSettings +type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility + // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data + // present in the source content will be discarded. + Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` + + // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20 + // and Embedded captions. + Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"` + + // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to + // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. + Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" type:"integer"` + + // This field is unused and deprecated. + Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Convert608To708 = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Scte20Detection = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. +func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { + s.Source608TrackNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/EncoderSettings +type EncoderSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // Settings for ad avail blanking. + AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` + + // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion. + AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for blackout slate. + BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for caption decriptions + CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` + + // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole. + GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"` + + OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list"` + + // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. + TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure"` + + VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s EncoderSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings { + s.AudioDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings { + s.AvailBlanking = v + return s +} + +// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { + s.AvailConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings { + s.BlackoutSlate = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings { + s.CaptionDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { + s.GlobalConfiguration = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings { + s.OutputGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings { + s.TimecodeConfig = v + return s +} + +// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value. +func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings { + s.VideoDescriptions = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/FecOutputSettings +type FecOutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The + // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must + // be between 4 and 20, inclusive. + ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" type:"integer"` + + // Enables column only or column and row based FEC + IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"` + + // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must + // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values + // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport + // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between + // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, + // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive. + RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value. +func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { + s.ColumnDepth = &v + return s +} + +// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value. +func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings { + s.IncludeFec = &v + return s +} + +// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value. +func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { + s.RowLength = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/GlobalConfiguration +type GlobalConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event. + InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"` + + // Indicates the action to take when an input completes (e.g. end-of-file.) + // Options include immediately switching to the next sequential input (via "switchInput"), + // switching to the next input and looping back to the first input when last + // input ends (via "switchAndLoopInputs") or not switching inputs and instead + // transcoding black / color / slate images per the "Input Loss Behavior" configuration + // until an activateInput REST command is received (via "none"). + InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"` + + // Settings for system actions when input is lost. + InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be + // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source + // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing + // the input stream. + OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"` + + // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This + // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame + // per second. + SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value. +func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration { + s.InitialAudioGain = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value. +func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { + s.InputEndAction = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value. +func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration { + s.InputLossBehavior = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value. +func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { + s.OutputTimingSource = &v + return s +} + +// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value. +func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { + s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/H264Settings +type H264Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual + // quality. + AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` + + // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling + // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases + // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will + // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. + AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required for VBR, CBR, and ABR. For MS Smooth + // outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest multiple + // of 1000. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). + BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"` + + // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits/second. + BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"` + + // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. + ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"` + + // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc. + EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` + + // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. + // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. + FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` + + // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker + // or 'pop' on I-frames. + FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"` + + // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified" + // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator + // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then + // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate + // of the first input. + FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` + + // Framerate denominator. + FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 + // fps. + FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames + // > 1. + GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` + + // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that + // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame + // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. + GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` + + // Number of B-frames between reference frames. + GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"` + + // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits. + // Must be greater than zero. + GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` + + // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the + // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. + GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` + + // H.264 Level. + Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"` + + // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, + // while high can produce better quality for certain content. + LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"` + + // Maximum bitrate in bits/second (for VBR mode only). + MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` + + // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Enforces separation + // between repeated (cadence) I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change + // Detection. If a scene change I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence + // I-frame, the GOP is shrunk and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. + // GOP stretch requires enabling lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The + // normal cadence resumes for the next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP + // size + Min-I-interval - 1 + MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested + // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. + NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" type:"integer"` + + // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified" + // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator + // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output + // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio + // of the first input. + ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. + ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" type:"integer"` + + // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. + ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" type:"integer"` + + // H.264 Profile. + Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"` + + // Rate control mode. + RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` + + // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. + ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"` + + // Scene change detection. Inserts I-frames on scene changes when enabled. + SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` + + // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of + // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half + // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; + // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based + // on encode resolution. + Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" type:"integer"` + + // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content + // in the encoded image. + Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` + + // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial + // variation of content complexity. + SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"` + + // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. + Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` + + // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal + // variation of content complexity. + TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"` + + // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- + // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture + // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config + TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s H264Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { + s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v + return s +} + +// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings { + s.AfdSignaling = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.BufFillPct = &v + return s +} + +// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.BufSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings { + s.ColorMetadata = &v + return s +} + +// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { + s.EntropyEncoding = &v + return s +} + +// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FixedAfd = &v + return s +} + +// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FlickerAq = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.FramerateNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { + s.GopBReference = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.GopClosedCadence = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.GopNumBFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { + s.GopSize = &v + return s +} + +// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { + s.GopSizeUnits = &v + return s +} + +// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings { + s.Level = &v + return s +} + +// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings { + s.LookAheadRateControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.MaxBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.MinIInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.NumRefFrames = &v + return s +} + +// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { + s.ParControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.ParDenominator = &v + return s +} + +// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.ParNumerator = &v + return s +} + +// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings { + s.Profile = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { + s.RateControlMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings { + s.ScanType = &v + return s +} + +// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { + s.SceneChangeDetect = &v + return s +} + +// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Slices = &v + return s +} + +// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { + s.Softness = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings { + s.SpatialAq = &v + return s +} + +// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { + s.Syntax = &v + return s +} + +// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings { + s.TemporalAq = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. +func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings { + s.TimecodeInsertion = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsAkamaiSettings +type HlsAkamaiSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection + // is lost. + ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. + FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` + + // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should + // contact Akamai to enable this feature. + HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"` + + // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into + // an error state. + NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` + + // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is + // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. + RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` + + // Salt for authenticated Akamai. + Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"` + + // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used. + Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.FilecacheDuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.HttpTransferMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.NumRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.RestartDelay = &v + return s +} + +// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.Salt = &v + return s +} + +// SetToken sets the Token field's value. +func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { + s.Token = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsBasicPutSettings +type HlsBasicPutSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection + // is lost. + ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. + FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` + + // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into + // an error state. + NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` + + // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is + // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. + RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. +func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { + s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. +func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { + s.FilecacheDuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. +func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { + s.NumRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. +func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { + s.RestartDelay = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsCdnSettings +type HlsCdnSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"` + + HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"` + + HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"` + + HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { + s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { + s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { + s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { + s.HlsWebdavSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsGroupSettings +type HlsGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this + // group of Apple HLS outputs. + AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` + + // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 + // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than + // the main .m3u8 file. + BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"` + + // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 + // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than + // the main .m3u8 file. + BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"` + + // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful + // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert". + CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` + + // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS + // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language + // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. + // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the + // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption + // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in + // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include + // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS + // line from the manifest. + CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` + + // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest, + // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay. + ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` + + // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist + // generation. + CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` + + // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented + // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this + // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption. + ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" type:"string"` + + // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and + // encryption keys (if enabled). + Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure"` + + // Place segments in subdirectories. + DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` + + // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter + // if no encryption is desired. + EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` + + // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN. + HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Number of segments to keep in the playlist (.m3u8) file. mode must be "vod" + // for this setting to have an effect, and this number should be less than or + // equal to keepSegments. + IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" type:"integer"` + + // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. + InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"` + + // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit + // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to + // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest. + IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"` + + // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit + // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting + // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to + // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a + // constantIv value. + IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"` + + // Number of segments to retain in the destination directory. mode must be "live" + // for this setting to have an effect. + KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" type:"integer"` + + // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified + // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used. + // A reverse DNS string can also be given. + KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` + + // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list + // of version values (1/2/3). + KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` + + // The key provider settings. + KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"` + + // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist. + ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` + + // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer + // values for segment duration. + ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` + + // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within + // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if + // needed. + MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // If set to "vod", keeps and indexes all segments starting with the first segment. + // If set to "live" segments will age out and only the last keepSegments number + // of segments will be retained. + Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"` + + // Generates the .m3u8 playlist file for this HLS output group. The segmentsOnly + // option will output segments without the .m3u8 file. + OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` + + // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. + // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are + // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using + // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset. + ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` + + // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. + ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` + + // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that + // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual + // segment length may be longer. + SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // When set to useInputSegmentation, the output segment or fragment points are + // set by the RAI markers from the input streams. + SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"` + + // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. + // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have + // an effect. + SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" type:"integer"` + + // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag + // of variant manifest. + StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` + + // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. + TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` + + // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. + TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` + + // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. + TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` + + // When set to "singleFile", emits the program as a single media resource (.ts) + // file, and uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback. Playback + // of VOD mode content during event is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching. + TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.AdMarkers = v + return s +} + +// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.BaseUrlContent = &v + return s +} + +// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.BaseUrlManifest = &v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v + return s +} + +// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ClientCache = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.CodecSpecification = &v + return s +} + +// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ConstantIv = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.DirectoryStructure = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.EncryptionType = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.HlsCdnSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.IndexNSegments = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.InputLossAction = &v + return s +} + +// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.IvInManifest = &v + return s +} + +// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.IvSource = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.KeepSegments = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.KeyFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.KeyFormatVersions = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.KeyProviderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ManifestCompression = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.MinSegmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.Mode = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.OutputSelection = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ProgramDateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentationMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.StreamInfResolution = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value. +func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { + s.TsFileMode = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsInputSettings +type HlsInputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches + // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the + // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an + // HLS manifest. + Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"` + + // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments + // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS + // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8. + BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"` + + // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment + // must fail before the input is considered unavailable. + Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"` + + // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest + // or segment fails. + RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value. +func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { + s.Bandwidth = &v + return s +} + +// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value. +func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { + s.BufferSegments = &v + return s +} + +// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value. +func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { + s.Retries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value. +func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { + s.RetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsMediaStoreSettings +type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection + // is lost. + ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. + FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` + + // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for + // faster reading and writing. + MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"` + + // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into + // an error state. + NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` + + // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is + // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. + RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. +func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { + s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. +func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { + s.FilecacheDuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value. +func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { + s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. +func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { + s.NumRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. +func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { + s.RestartDelay = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsOutputSettings +type HlsOutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for + // audio-only outputs. + HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure"` + + // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format + // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters. + NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` + + // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. + SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings { + s.HlsSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. +func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { + s.NameModifier = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. +func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { + s.SegmentModifier = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsSettings +type HlsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"` + + StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { + s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value. +func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { + s.StandardHlsSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/HlsWebdavSettings +type HlsWebdavSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection + // is lost. + ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. + FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` + + // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV. + HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"` + + // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into + // an error state. + NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` + + // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is + // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. + RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. +func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { + s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. +func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { + s.FilecacheDuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. +func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings { + s.HttpTransferMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. +func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { + s.NumRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. +func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { + s.RestartDelay = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Input +type Input struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Unique ARN of input (generated, immutable) + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // List of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input can + // only be attached to one channel) + AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` + + // List of destinations of input (PULL-type) + Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + // generated ID of input (unique for user account, immutable) + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // user-assigned name (mutable) + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // List of IDs for all the security groups attached to the input. + SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` + + // List of sources of input (PULL-type) + Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` + + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Input) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Input) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. +func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input { + s.AttachedChannels = v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. +func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input { + s.SecurityGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. +func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input { + s.Sources = v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputAttachment +type InputAttachment struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the input + InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"` + + // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.) + InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputAttachment) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. +func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment { + s.InputId = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value. +func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment { + s.InputSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputChannelLevel +type InputChannelLevel struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range + // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB. + Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer"` + + // The index of the input channel used as a source. + InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetGain sets the Gain field's value. +func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { + s.Gain = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value. +func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { + s.InputChannel = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for a PUSH type input +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputDestination +type InputDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // system-generated static IP address of endpoint.Remains fixed for the lifetime + // of the input + Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"` + + // port for input + Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"` + + // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIp sets the Ip field's value. +func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination { + s.Ip = &v + return s +} + +// SetPort sets the Port field's value. +func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination { + s.Port = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputDestinationRequest +type InputDestinationRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto. + StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. +func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest { + s.StreamName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputLocation +type InputLocation struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store + PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` + + // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible + // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For + // example, a rtmpEndpoint should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live". + Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string"` + + // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point. + // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter + // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store + // format: "ssm://" + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputLocation) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputLocation) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. +func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation { + s.PasswordParam = &v + return s +} + +// SetUri sets the Uri field's value. +func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation { + s.Uri = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputLossBehavior +type InputLossBehavior struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output + // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x, + // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as + // infinite. + BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"` + + // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use. + // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB. + InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" type:"string"` + + // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters + // for accessing the slate. + InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"` + + // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output + // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec. + InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"` + + // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture + // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 + // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite. + RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value. +func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { + s.BlackFrameMsec = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value. +func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior { + s.InputLossImageColor = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value. +func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior { + s.InputLossImageSlate = v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value. +func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior { + s.InputLossImageType = &v + return s +} + +// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value. +func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { + s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v + return s +} + +// An Input Security Group +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputSecurityGroup +type InputSecurityGroup struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Unique ARN of Input Security Group + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // The Id of the Input Security Group + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // Whitelist rules and their sync status + WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. +func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup { + s.WhitelistRules = v + return s +} + +// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live +// Event. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputSettings +type InputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available. + AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"` + + // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available. + CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"` + + // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering. + DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` + + // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering. + DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` + + // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest). + FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" type:"integer"` + + // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter + // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input + // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced + // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type + InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"` + + // Input settings. + NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely. + SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"` + + // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have + // multiple available. + VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings { + s.AudioSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings { + s.CaptionSelectors = v + return s +} + +// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings { + s.DeblockFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings { + s.DenoiseFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings { + s.FilterStrength = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings { + s.InputFilter = &v + return s +} + +// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings { + s.NetworkInputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings { + s.SourceEndBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. +func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings { + s.VideoSelector = v + return s +} + +// Settings for a PULL type input +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputSource +type InputSource struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store + PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` + + // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + // username for input source + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputSource) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputSource) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. +func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource { + s.PasswordParam = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// Settings for for a PULL type input +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputSourceRequest +type InputSourceRequest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store + PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` + + // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + // username for input source + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. +func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest { + s.PasswordParam = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// Whitelist rule +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputWhitelistRule +type InputWhitelistRule struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted. + Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. +func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule { + s.Cidr = &v + return s +} + +// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/InputWhitelistRuleCidr +type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist + Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. +func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr { + s.Cidr = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/KeyProviderSettings +type KeyProviderSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value. +func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings { + s.StaticKeySettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannelsRequest +type ListChannelsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannelsResponse +type ListChannelsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"` + + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput { + s.Channels = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest +type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroupsResponse +type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` + + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. +func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { + s.InputSecurityGroups = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputsRequest +type ListInputsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInputsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputsResponse +type ListInputsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` + + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. +func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput { + s.Inputs = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/M2tsSettings +type M2tsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if + // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the + // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. + // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded + // silence when not connected to an active input stream. + AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"` + + // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor. + Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be + // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 + // (or 0x1ff6). + AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"` + + // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from + // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured + // pid number. + AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"` + + // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set + // to atsc, the ATSC model is used. + AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` + + // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. + AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport + // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or + // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each + // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` + + // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 + // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06. + AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"` + + // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to + // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. + Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` + + // If set to multiplex, use multiplex buffer model for accurate interleaving. + // Setting to bufferModel to none can lead to lower latency, but low-memory + // devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions. + BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` + + // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT. + CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"` + + // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition + // interval. + DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition + // interval. + DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. + // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma + // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified + // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"` + + // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. + DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or + // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"` + + // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this + // output. + Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"` + + // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added + // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will + // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. + // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions + // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval. + EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"` + + // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified + // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP + // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is + // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead + // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured + // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. + EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"` + + // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP + // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid, + // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID. + EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for ECM in the transport stream. Only enabled when + // Simulcrypt is enabled. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + // Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` + + // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header. + EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or + // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or + // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"` + + // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. + FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` + + // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this + // output. + Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple + // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. + // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must + // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"` + + // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport + // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic + // null packets. + NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. + PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` + + // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted + // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective + // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. + PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` + + // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted + // into the transport stream. + PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport + // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as + // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values + // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. + PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport + // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are + // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` + + // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. + ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` + + // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified + // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set. + RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple + // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. + // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must + // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"` + + // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output. + Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can + // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 + // (or 0x1ff6). + Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` + + // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart + // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets + // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart + // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary + // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification + // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to + // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. + SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` + + // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted + // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may + // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When + // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated + // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent + // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation + // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to + // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent + // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that + // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead + // is a slight exception to this rule. + SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` + + // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to + // None_. + SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` + + // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input + // to output. + TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or + // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` + + // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. + TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or + // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). + VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetArib sets the Arib field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Arib = &v + return s +} + +// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AribCaptionsPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioBufferModel = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioPids = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.AudioStreamType = &v + return s +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.BufferModel = &v + return s +} + +// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.CcDescriptor = &v + return s +} + +// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbNitSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbSdtSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbSubPids = &v + return s +} + +// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbTdtSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.DvbTeletextPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Ebif = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EbpAudioInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v + return s +} + +// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EbpPlacement = &v + return s +} + +// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EcmPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EsRateInPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EtvPlatformPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.EtvSignalPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.FragmentTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Klv = &v + return s +} + +// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.KlvDataPids = &v + return s +} + +// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.NullPacketBitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PatInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.PcrControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PcrPeriod = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.PcrPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.PmtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.PmtPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.ProgramNum = &v + return s +} + +// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.RateMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Scte27Pids = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Scte35Control = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.Scte35Pid = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationMarkers = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationStyle = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { + s.SegmentationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.TimedMetadataPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { + s.TransportStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. +func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { + s.VideoPid = &v + return s +} + +// Settings information for the .m3u8 container +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/M3u8Settings +type M3u8Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. + AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport + // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or + // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. + AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` + + // ThePlatform-protected transport streams using 'microsoft' as Target Client + // include an ECM stream. This ECM stream contains the size, IV, and PTS of + // every sample in the transport stream. This stream PID is specified here. + // This PID has no effect on non ThePlatform-protected streams. + EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. + PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` + + // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted + // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective + // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. + PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` + + // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted + // into the transport stream. + PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport + // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as + // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` + + // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output + // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. + PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport + // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` + + // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. + ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` + + // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to + // this output. + Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can + // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` + + // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. + TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"` + + // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. + TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` + + // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. + // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. + VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.AudioPids = &v + return s +} + +// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.EcmPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PatInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.PcrControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PcrPeriod = &v + return s +} + +// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.PcrPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.PmtInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.PmtPid = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.ProgramNum = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.Scte35Behavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.Scte35Pid = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { + s.TransportStreamId = &v + return s +} + +// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. +func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { + s.VideoPid = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Mp2Settings +type Mp2Settings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Average bitrate in bits/second. + Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` + + // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or + // codingMode20 (for stereo). + CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"` + + // Sample rate in Hz. + SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { + s.Bitrate = &v + return s +} + +// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings { + s.CodingMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. +func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { + s.SampleRate = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/MsSmoothGroupSettings +type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The value of the "Acquisition Point Identity" element used in each message + // placed in the sparse track. Only enabled if sparseTrackType is not "none". + AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"` + + // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute + // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes + // to the audio elementary stream. + AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"` + + // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted + // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed + // certificates to fail unless those certificates are manually added to the + // OS trusted keystore. + CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"` + + // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if + // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache + // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established. + ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` + + // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a + // "Push" encoder to IIS. + Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure"` + + // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified + // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured. + EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"` + + // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event + // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing + // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured" + // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an + // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event + // ID to the IIS server. + EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"` + + // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event + EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"` + + // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. + FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` + + // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be + // compatible with GOP size and framerate. + FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" type:"integer"` + + // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. + InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"` + + // Number of retry attempts. + NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` + + // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due + // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration. + RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` + + // When set to useInputSegmentation, the output segment or fragment points are + // set by the RAI markers from the input streams. + SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"` + + // Outputs that are "output locked" can use this delay. Assign a delay to the + // output that is "secondary". Do not assign a delay to the "primary" output. + // The delay means that the primary output will always reach the downstream + // system before the secondary, which helps ensure that the downstream system + // always uses the primary output. (If there were no delay, the downstream system + // might flip-flop between whichever output happens to arrive first.) If the + // primary fails, the downstream system will switch to the secondary output. + // When the primary is restarted, the downstream system will switch back to + // the primary (because once again it is always arriving first) + SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"` + + // If set to scte35, use incoming SCTE-35 messages to generate a sparse track + // in this group of MS-Smooth outputs. + SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"` + + // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start + // until all streams start. + StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"` + + // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to + // useConfiguredOffset. + TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` + + // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the + // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured + // date as the offset + TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.AcquisitionPointId = &v + return s +} + +// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.CertificateMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.EventId = &v + return s +} + +// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.EventIdMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.EventStopBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.FilecacheDuration = &v + return s +} + +// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.FragmentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.InputLossAction = &v + return s +} + +// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.NumRetries = &v + return s +} + +// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.RestartDelay = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.SegmentationMode = &v + return s +} + +// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.SendDelayMs = &v + return s +} + +// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.SparseTrackType = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.TimestampOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { + s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/MsSmoothOutputSettings +type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for + // multiple outputs of the same type. + NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. +func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { + s.NameModifier = &v + return s +} + +// Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node +// that is running the live event through a network connection. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/NetworkInputSettings +type NetworkInputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest. + HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings `locationName:"hlsInputSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography + // in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains + // (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match + // the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause + // the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use + // https. + ServerValidation *string `locationName:"serverValidation" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInputServerValidation"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s NetworkInputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s NetworkInputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetHlsInputSettings sets the HlsInputSettings field's value. +func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings(v *HlsInputSettings) *NetworkInputSettings { + s.HlsInputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetServerValidation sets the ServerValidation field's value. +func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettings { + s.ServerValidation = &v + return s +} + +// Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Output +type Output struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output. + AudioDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"audioDescriptionNames" type:"list"` + + // The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output. + CaptionDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"captionDescriptionNames" type:"list"` + + // The name used to identify an output. + OutputName *string `locationName:"outputName" type:"string"` + + // Output type-specific settings. + OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure"` + + // The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output. + VideoDescriptionName *string `locationName:"videoDescriptionName" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Output) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Output) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioDescriptionNames sets the AudioDescriptionNames field's value. +func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { + s.AudioDescriptionNames = v + return s +} + +// SetCaptionDescriptionNames sets the CaptionDescriptionNames field's value. +func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { + s.CaptionDescriptionNames = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputName sets the OutputName field's value. +func (s *Output) SetOutputName(v string) *Output { + s.OutputName = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. +func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { + s.OutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetVideoDescriptionName sets the VideoDescriptionName field's value. +func (s *Output) SetVideoDescriptionName(v string) *Output { + s.VideoDescriptionName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputDestination +type OutputDestination struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output. + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // Destination settings for output; one for each redundant encoder. + Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputDestination) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputDestination) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *OutputDestination) SetId(v string) *OutputDestination { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. +func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { + s.Settings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputDestinationSettings +type OutputDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store + PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` + + // A URL specifying a destination + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + // username for destination + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. +func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { + s.PasswordParam = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about +// where streams should be distributed. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputGroup +type OutputGroup struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Custom output group name optionally defined by the user. Only letters, numbers, + // and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Settings associated with the output group. + OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroup) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { + s.OutputGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. +func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { + s.Outputs = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputGroupSettings +type OutputGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings `locationName:"archiveGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` + + UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings `locationName:"udpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArchiveGroupSettings sets the ArchiveGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings(v *ArchiveGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.ArchiveGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.HlsGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetUdpGroupSettings sets the UdpGroupSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings(v *UdpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { + s.UdpGroupSettings = v + return s +} + +// Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputLocationRef +type OutputLocationRef struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + DestinationRefId *string `locationName:"destinationRefId" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputLocationRef) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputLocationRef) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDestinationRefId sets the DestinationRefId field's value. +func (s *OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId(v string) *OutputLocationRef { + s.DestinationRefId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/OutputSettings +type OutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings `locationName:"archiveOutputSettings" type:"structure"` + + HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings `locationName:"hlsOutputSettings" type:"structure"` + + MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"` + + UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings `locationName:"udpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArchiveOutputSettings sets the ArchiveOutputSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings(v *ArchiveOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { + s.ArchiveOutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHlsOutputSettings sets the HlsOutputSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings(v *HlsOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { + s.HlsOutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetMsSmoothOutputSettings sets the MsSmoothOutputSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { + s.MsSmoothOutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetUdpOutputSettings sets the UdpOutputSettings field's value. +func (s *OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings(v *UdpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { + s.UdpOutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PassThroughSettings +type PassThroughSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PassThroughSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PassThroughSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/RemixSettings +type RemixSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments. + ChannelMappings []*AudioChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMappings" type:"list"` + + // Number of input channels to be used. + ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" type:"integer"` + + // Number of output channels to be produced.Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 + ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RemixSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannelMappings sets the ChannelMappings field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings(v []*AudioChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelMappings = v + return s +} + +// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelsIn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. +func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { + s.ChannelsOut = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings +type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte20SourceSettings +type Scte20SourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility + // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data + // present in the source content will be discarded. + Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"Scte20Convert608To708"` + + // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to + // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. + Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte20SourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte20SourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. +func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *Scte20SourceSettings { + s.Convert608To708 = &v + return s +} + +// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. +func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *Scte20SourceSettings { + s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte27DestinationSettings +type Scte27DestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte27SourceSettings +type Scte27SourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode + // field as follows: - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that + // PID; the language is "informational". - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts + // the specified PID. - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified + // language, whichever PID that happens to be. - Omit PID and omit Language: + // Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages + // will be passed through. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte27SourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte27SourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *Scte27SourceSettings { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte35SpliceInsert +type Scte35SpliceInsert struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail + // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not + // apply to OOB messages. + AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` + + // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to + // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates + NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` + + // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to + // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates + WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. +func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsert { + s.AdAvailOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. +func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { + s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. +func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { + s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/Scte35TimeSignalApos +type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail + // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not + // apply to OOB messages. + AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` + + // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to + // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates + NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` + + // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to + // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates + WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. +func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { + s.AdAvailOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. +func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { + s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v + return s +} + +// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. +func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { + s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/SmpteTtDestinationSettings +type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StandardHlsSettings +type StandardHlsSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input + // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. + AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` + + // Settings information for the .m3u8 container + M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StandardHlsSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StandardHlsSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. +func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *StandardHlsSettings { + s.AudioRenditionSets = &v + return s +} + +// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. +func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *StandardHlsSettings { + s.M3u8Settings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannelRequest +type StartChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ChannelId is a required field + ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StartChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartChannelInput"} + if s.ChannelId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *StartChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StartChannelInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannelResponse +type StartChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StartChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StartChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StartChannelOutput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StartChannelOutput { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StartChannelOutput { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StartChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StartChannelOutput { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StartChannelOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutput { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StaticKeySettings +type StaticKeySettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The URL of the license server used for protecting content. + KeyProviderServer *InputLocation `locationName:"keyProviderServer" type:"structure"` + + // Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string. + StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StaticKeySettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StaticKeySettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetKeyProviderServer sets the KeyProviderServer field's value. +func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer(v *InputLocation) *StaticKeySettings { + s.KeyProviderServer = v + return s +} + +// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. +func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeySettings { + s.StaticKeyValue = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannelRequest +type StopChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ChannelId is a required field + ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *StopChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopChannelInput"} + if s.ChannelId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *StopChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StopChannelInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannelResponse +type StopChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` + + EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` + + EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` + + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` + + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` + + State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StopChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StopChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StopChannelOutput { + s.Destinations = v + return s +} + +// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StopChannelOutput { + s.EgressEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StopChannelOutput { + s.EncoderSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StopChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StopChannelOutput { + s.InputAttachments = v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StopChannelOutput { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopChannelOutput { + s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetState sets the State field's value. +func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StopChannelOutput { + s.State = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TeletextDestinationSettings +type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TeletextSourceSettings +type TeletextSourceSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract + // captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should + // be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix. + PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. +func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { + s.PageNumber = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TimecodeConfig +type TimecodeConfig struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events + // outputs.-Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode + // from the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the + // system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).-System Clock (systemclock): + // Use the UTC time.-Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of + // the event will be 00:00:00:00. + Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" enum:"TimecodeConfigSource"` + + // Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the + // input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid + // unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when + // this is not specified. + SyncThreshold *int64 `locationName:"syncThreshold" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetSource sets the Source field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { + s.Source = &v + return s +} + +// SetSyncThreshold sets the SyncThreshold field's value. +func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold(v int64) *TimecodeConfig { + s.SyncThreshold = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TtmlDestinationSettings +type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from + // a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or + // TTML output. + StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"TtmlDestinationStyleControl"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value. +func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { + s.StyleControl = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UdpContainerSettings +type UdpContainerSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UdpContainerSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UdpContainerSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. +func (s *UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *UdpContainerSettings { + s.M2tsSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UdpGroupSettings +type UdpGroupSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup + // inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream + // will stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be + // dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet + // the TS bitrate requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport + // stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, + // or slate frames substituted for the absent input video. + InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForUdpOut"` + + // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. + TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame"` + + // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. + TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UdpGroupSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UdpGroupSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. +func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { + s.InputLossAction = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. +func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. +func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *UdpGroupSettings { + s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UdpOutputSettings +type UdpOutputSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through + // the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a + // constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input + // switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc. + BufferMsec *int64 `locationName:"bufferMsec" type:"integer"` + + ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast + // or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002). + Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure"` + + // Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs. + FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings `locationName:"fecOutputSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UdpOutputSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UdpOutputSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBufferMsec sets the BufferMsec field's value. +func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec(v int64) *UdpOutputSettings { + s.BufferMsec = &v + return s +} + +// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. +func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *UdpContainerSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { + s.ContainerSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. +func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *UdpOutputSettings { + s.Destination = v + return s +} + +// SetFecOutputSettings sets the FecOutputSettings field's value. +func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings(v *FecOutputSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { + s.FecOutputSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ValidationError +type ValidationError struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"` + + ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ValidationError) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ValidationError) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value. +func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError { + s.ElementPath = &v + return s +} + +// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. +func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError { + s.ErrorMessage = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoCodecSettings +type VideoCodecSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. +func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { + s.H264Settings = v + return s +} + +// Video settings for this stream. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoDescription +type VideoDescription struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Video codec settings. + CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` + + // Output video height (in pixels). Leave blank to use source video height. + // If left blank, width must also be unspecified. + Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` + + // The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely + // identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this + // Live Event. + Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` + + // Indicates how to respond to the AFD values in the input stream. Setting to + // "respond" causes input video to be clipped, depending on AFD value, input + // display aspect ratio and output display aspect ratio. + RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd"` + + // When set to "stretchToOutput", automatically configures the output position + // to stretch the video to the specified output resolution. This option will + // override any position value. + ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior"` + + // Changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. Only + // applies if scaling is being performed and antiAlias is set to true. 0 is + // the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content. + Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` + + // Output video width (in pixels). Leave out to use source video width. If left + // out, height must also be left out. Display aspect ratio is always preserved + // by letterboxing or pillarboxing when necessary. + Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoDescription) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { + s.CodecSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Height = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetName(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.RespondToAfd = &v + return s +} + +// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { + s.ScalingBehavior = &v + return s +} + +// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Sharpness = &v + return s +} + +// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. +func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { + s.Width = &v + return s +} + +// Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may +// have only a single video selector. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoSelector +type VideoSelector struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies the colorspace of an input. This setting works in tandem with colorSpaceConversion + // to determine if any conversion will be performed. + ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpace"` + + // Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls + // how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when + // the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when + // the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. + // Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but + // when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to + // always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has + // no color space data or might have unreliable color space data. + ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage"` + + // The video selector settings. + SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelector) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { + s.ColorSpace = &v + return s +} + +// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { + s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v + return s +} + +// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. +func (s *VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *VideoSelectorSettings) *VideoSelector { + s.SelectorSettings = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoSelectorPid +type VideoSelectorPid struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects a specific PID from within a video source. + Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorPid) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorPid) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. +func (s *VideoSelectorPid) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelectorPid { + s.Pid = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoSelectorProgramId +type VideoSelectorProgramId struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. + // If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream + // will be selected by default. + ProgramId *int64 `locationName:"programId" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetProgramId sets the ProgramId field's value. +func (s *VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId(v int64) *VideoSelectorProgramId { + s.ProgramId = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/VideoSelectorSettings +type VideoSelectorSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid `locationName:"videoSelectorPid" type:"structure"` + + VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId `locationName:"videoSelectorProgramId" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s VideoSelectorSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetVideoSelectorPid sets the VideoSelectorPid field's value. +func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid(v *VideoSelectorPid) *VideoSelectorSettings { + s.VideoSelectorPid = v + return s +} + +// SetVideoSelectorProgramId sets the VideoSelectorProgramId field's value. +func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId(v *VideoSelectorProgramId) *VideoSelectorSettings { + s.VideoSelectorProgramId = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/WebvttDestinationSettings +type WebvttDestinationSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +const ( + // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value + AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" +) + +const ( + // AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacInputType enum value + AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" + + // AacInputTypeNormal is a AacInputType enum value + AacInputTypeNormal = "NORMAL" +) + +const ( + // AacProfileHev1 is a AacProfile enum value + AacProfileHev1 = "HEV1" + + // AacProfileHev2 is a AacProfile enum value + AacProfileHev2 = "HEV2" + + // AacProfileLc is a AacProfile enum value + AacProfileLc = "LC" +) + +const ( + // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value + AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" + + // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value + AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" +) + +const ( + // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value + AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" + + // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value + AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // AacSpecMpeg2 is a AacSpec enum value + AacSpecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" + + // AacSpecMpeg4 is a AacSpec enum value + AacSpecMpeg4 = "MPEG4" +) + +const ( + // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" + + // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" + + // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" + + // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value + AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" +) + +const ( + // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" + + // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value + Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" +) + +const ( + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value + Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" +) + +const ( + // Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value + Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Ac3DrcProfileNone is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value + Ac3DrcProfileNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value + Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value + Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value + Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value + Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" + + // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" + + // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value + AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value + AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value + AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value + AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value + AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value + AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose = "LOOSE" + + // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value + AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict = "STRICT" +) + +const ( + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 = "ITU_1770_1" + + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 = "ITU_1770_2" +) + +const ( + // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value + AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" +) + +const ( + // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value + AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" + + // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value + AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" + + // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value + AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" + + // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value + AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" +) + +const ( + // AudioTypeCleanEffects is a AudioType enum value + AudioTypeCleanEffects = "CLEAN_EFFECTS" + + // AudioTypeHearingImpaired is a AudioType enum value + AudioTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" + + // AudioTypeUndefined is a AudioType enum value + AudioTypeUndefined = "UNDEFINED" + + // AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary is a AudioType enum value + AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY" +) + +const ( + // AvailBlankingStateDisabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value + AvailBlankingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // AvailBlankingStateEnabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value + AvailBlankingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value + BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value + BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // BlackoutSlateStateDisabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value + BlackoutSlateStateDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // BlackoutSlateStateEnabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value + BlackoutSlateStateEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // BurnInAlignmentCentered is a BurnInAlignment enum value + BurnInAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" + + // BurnInAlignmentLeft is a BurnInAlignment enum value + BurnInAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" + + // BurnInAlignmentSmart is a BurnInAlignment enum value + BurnInAlignmentSmart = "SMART" +) + +const ( + // BurnInBackgroundColorBlack is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value + BurnInBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurnInBackgroundColorNone is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value + BurnInBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" + + // BurnInBackgroundColorWhite is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value + BurnInBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +const ( + // BurnInFontColorBlack is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurnInFontColorBlue is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorBlue = "BLUE" + + // BurnInFontColorGreen is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // BurnInFontColorRed is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorRed = "RED" + + // BurnInFontColorWhite is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // BurnInFontColorYellow is a BurnInFontColor enum value + BurnInFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" +) + +const ( + // BurnInOutlineColorBlack is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurnInOutlineColorBlue is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" + + // BurnInOutlineColorGreen is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // BurnInOutlineColorRed is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorRed = "RED" + + // BurnInOutlineColorWhite is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // BurnInOutlineColorYellow is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value + BurnInOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" +) + +const ( + // BurnInShadowColorBlack is a BurnInShadowColor enum value + BurnInShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // BurnInShadowColorNone is a BurnInShadowColor enum value + BurnInShadowColorNone = "NONE" + + // BurnInShadowColorWhite is a BurnInShadowColor enum value + BurnInShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +const ( + // BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value + BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" + + // BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value + BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" +) + +const ( + // ChannelStateCreating is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateCreating = "CREATING" + + // ChannelStateCreateFailed is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" + + // ChannelStateIdle is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateIdle = "IDLE" + + // ChannelStateStarting is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateStarting = "STARTING" + + // ChannelStateRunning is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateRunning = "RUNNING" + + // ChannelStateRecovering is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" + + // ChannelStateStopping is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateStopping = "STOPPING" + + // ChannelStateDeleting is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateDeleting = "DELETING" + + // ChannelStateDeleted is a ChannelState enum value + ChannelStateDeleted = "DELETED" +) + +const ( + // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value + DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" + + // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value + DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" + + // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value + DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" + + // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value + DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value + DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" + + // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value + DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" + + // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value + DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart = "SMART" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" + + // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue = "BLUE" + + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed = "RED" + + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" + + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" + + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed = "RED" + + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" + + // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" + + // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone = "NONE" + + // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value + DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" +) + +const ( + // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value + DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" + + // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value + DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value + Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" + + // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value + Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" + + // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value + Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" + + // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value + Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" +) + +const ( + // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value + Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value + Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3DrcLineFilmLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DrcLineMusicLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DrcLineNone is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineNone = "NONE" + + // Eac3DrcLineSpeech is a Eac3DrcLine enum value + Eac3DrcLineSpeech = "SPEECH" +) + +const ( + // Eac3DrcRfFilmLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DrcRfMusicLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" + + // Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" + + // Eac3DrcRfNone is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfNone = "NONE" + + // Eac3DrcRfSpeech is a Eac3DrcRf enum value + Eac3DrcRfSpeech = "SPEECH" +) + +const ( + // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value + Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" + + // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value + Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" +) + +const ( + // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value + Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value + Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value + Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" + + // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value + Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value + Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" + + // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value + Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" +) + +const ( + // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value + Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" + + // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value + Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" +) + +const ( + // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" + + // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value + Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value + Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" +) + +const ( + // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" + + // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value + Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" +) + +const ( + // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value + EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" + + // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value + EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" +) + +const ( + // EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value + EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto = "AUTO" + + // EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value + EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff = "OFF" +) + +const ( + // FecOutputIncludeFecColumn is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value + FecOutputIncludeFecColumn = "COLUMN" + + // FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value + FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow = "COLUMN_AND_ROW" +) + +const ( + // FixedAfdAfd0000 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd0000 = "AFD_0000" + + // FixedAfdAfd0010 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd0010 = "AFD_0010" + + // FixedAfdAfd0011 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd0011 = "AFD_0011" + + // FixedAfdAfd0100 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd0100 = "AFD_0100" + + // FixedAfdAfd1000 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1000 = "AFD_1000" + + // FixedAfdAfd1001 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1001 = "AFD_1001" + + // FixedAfdAfd1010 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1010 = "AFD_1010" + + // FixedAfdAfd1011 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1011 = "AFD_1011" + + // FixedAfdAfd1101 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1101 = "AFD_1101" + + // FixedAfdAfd1110 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1110 = "AFD_1110" + + // FixedAfdAfd1111 is a FixedAfd enum value + FixedAfdAfd1111 = "AFD_1111" +) + +const ( + // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value + GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone = "NONE" + + // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value + GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS" +) + +const ( + // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value + GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value + GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value + GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock = "INPUT_CLOCK" + + // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value + GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK" +) + +const ( + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" + + // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value + H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" +) + +const ( + // H264ColorMetadataIgnore is a H264ColorMetadata enum value + H264ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" + + // H264ColorMetadataInsert is a H264ColorMetadata enum value + H264ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" +) + +const ( + // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value + H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" + + // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value + H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" +) + +const ( + // H264FlickerAqDisabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value + H264FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264FlickerAqEnabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value + H264FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value + H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value + H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +const ( + // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value + H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value + H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value + H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" + + // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value + H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" +) + +const ( + // H264LevelH264Level1 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level1 = "H264_LEVEL_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level11 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level11 = "H264_LEVEL_1_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level12 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level12 = "H264_LEVEL_1_2" + + // H264LevelH264Level13 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level13 = "H264_LEVEL_1_3" + + // H264LevelH264Level2 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level2 = "H264_LEVEL_2" + + // H264LevelH264Level21 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level21 = "H264_LEVEL_2_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level22 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level22 = "H264_LEVEL_2_2" + + // H264LevelH264Level3 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level3 = "H264_LEVEL_3" + + // H264LevelH264Level31 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level31 = "H264_LEVEL_3_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level32 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level32 = "H264_LEVEL_3_2" + + // H264LevelH264Level4 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level4 = "H264_LEVEL_4" + + // H264LevelH264Level41 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level41 = "H264_LEVEL_4_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level42 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level42 = "H264_LEVEL_4_2" + + // H264LevelH264Level5 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level5 = "H264_LEVEL_5" + + // H264LevelH264Level51 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level51 = "H264_LEVEL_5_1" + + // H264LevelH264Level52 is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264Level52 = "H264_LEVEL_5_2" + + // H264LevelH264LevelAuto is a H264Level enum value + H264LevelH264LevelAuto = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO" +) + +const ( + // H264LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value + H264LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" + + // H264LookAheadRateControlLow is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value + H264LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" + + // H264LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value + H264LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" +) + +const ( + // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value + H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" + + // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value + H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" +) + +const ( + // H264ProfileBaseline is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" + + // H264ProfileHigh is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileHigh = "HIGH" + + // H264ProfileHigh10bit is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" + + // H264ProfileHigh422 is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" + + // H264ProfileHigh42210bit is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" + + // H264ProfileMain is a H264Profile enum value + H264ProfileMain = "MAIN" +) + +const ( + // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value + H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" + + // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value + H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" +) + +const ( + // H264ScanTypeInterlaced is a H264ScanType enum value + H264ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" + + // H264ScanTypeProgressive is a H264ScanType enum value + H264ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" +) + +const ( + // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value + H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value + H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // H264SpatialAqDisabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value + H264SpatialAqDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264SpatialAqEnabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value + H264SpatialAqEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value + H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value + H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" +) + +const ( + // H264TemporalAqDisabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value + H264TemporalAqDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264TemporalAqEnabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value + H264TemporalAqEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value + H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value + H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" +) + +const ( + // HlsAdMarkersAdobe is a HlsAdMarkers enum value + HlsAdMarkersAdobe = "ADOBE" + + // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value + HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" + + // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value + HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" +) + +const ( + // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value + HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" + + // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value + HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" +) + +const ( + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" + + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" + + // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value + HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" +) + +const ( + // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value + HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value + HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value + HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" + + // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value + HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" +) + +const ( + // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value + HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" + + // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value + HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" +) + +const ( + // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value + HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" + + // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value + HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" +) + +const ( + // HlsIvInManifestExclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value + HlsIvInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" + + // HlsIvInManifestInclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value + HlsIvInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" +) + +const ( + // HlsIvSourceExplicit is a HlsIvSource enum value + HlsIvSourceExplicit = "EXPLICIT" + + // HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber is a HlsIvSource enum value + HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER" +) + +const ( + // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value + HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" + + // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value + HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value + HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" + + // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value + HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" +) + +const ( + // HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal is a HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum value + HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL" +) + +const ( + // HlsModeLive is a HlsMode enum value + HlsModeLive = "LIVE" + + // HlsModeVod is a HlsMode enum value + HlsModeVod = "VOD" +) + +const ( + // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value + HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" + + // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value + HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" +) + +const ( + // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value + HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" + + // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value + HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" +) + +const ( + // HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value + HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" + + // HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value + HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" +) + +const ( + // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value + HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" + + // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value + HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" +) + +const ( + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" + + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" + + // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" +) + +const ( + // HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles is a HlsTsFileMode enum value + HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" + + // HlsTsFileModeSingleFile is a HlsTsFileMode enum value + HlsTsFileModeSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" +) + +const ( + // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value + HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" + + // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value + HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" +) + +const ( + // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value + InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value + InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value + InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value + InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // InputFilterAuto is a InputFilter enum value + InputFilterAuto = "AUTO" + + // InputFilterDisabled is a InputFilter enum value + InputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // InputFilterForced is a InputFilter enum value + InputFilterForced = "FORCED" +) + +const ( + // InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value + InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" + + // InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value + InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" +) + +const ( + // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value + InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" + + // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value + InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" +) + +const ( + // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value + InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram = "DROP_PROGRAM" + + // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value + InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs = "DROP_TS" + + // InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value + InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram = "EMIT_PROGRAM" +) + +const ( + // InputLossImageTypeColor is a InputLossImageType enum value + InputLossImageTypeColor = "COLOR" + + // InputLossImageTypeSlate is a InputLossImageType enum value + InputLossImageTypeSlate = "SLATE" +) + +const ( + // InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value + InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue = "CONTINUE" + + // InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value + InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop = "LOOP" +) + +const ( + // InputStateCreating is a InputState enum value + InputStateCreating = "CREATING" + + // InputStateDetached is a InputState enum value + InputStateDetached = "DETACHED" + + // InputStateAttached is a InputState enum value + InputStateAttached = "ATTACHED" + + // InputStateDeleting is a InputState enum value + InputStateDeleting = "DELETING" + + // InputStateDeleted is a InputState enum value + InputStateDeleted = "DELETED" +) + +const ( + // InputTypeUdpPush is a InputType enum value + InputTypeUdpPush = "UDP_PUSH" + + // InputTypeRtpPush is a InputType enum value + InputTypeRtpPush = "RTP_PUSH" + + // InputTypeRtmpPush is a InputType enum value + InputTypeRtmpPush = "RTMP_PUSH" + + // InputTypeRtmpPull is a InputType enum value + InputTypeRtmpPull = "RTMP_PULL" + + // InputTypeUrlPull is a InputType enum value + InputTypeUrlPull = "URL_PULL" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value + M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop = "DROP" + + // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value + M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence = "ENCODE_SILENCE" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAribDisabled is a M2tsArib enum value + M2tsAribDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // M2tsAribEnabled is a M2tsArib enum value + M2tsAribEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value + M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto = "AUTO" + + // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value + M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value + M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" + + // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value + M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value + M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" + + // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value + M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" +) + +const ( + // M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value + M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc = "ATSC" + + // M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value + M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb = "DVB" +) + +const ( + // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value + M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" + + // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value + M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" +) + +const ( + // M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value + M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled = "DISABLED" + + // M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value + M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled = "ENABLED" +) + +const ( + // M2tsEbifControlNone is a M2tsEbifControl enum value + M2tsEbifControlNone = "NONE" + + // M2tsEbifControlPassthrough is a M2tsEbifControl enum value + M2tsEbifControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value + M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" + + // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value + M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" +) + +const ( + // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value + M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" + + // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value + M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" +) + +const ( + // M2tsKlvNone is a M2tsKlv enum value + M2tsKlvNone = "NONE" + + // M2tsKlvPassthrough is a M2tsKlv enum value + M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value + M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" + + // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value + M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" +) + +const ( + // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value + M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" + + // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value + M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" +) + +const ( + // M2tsScte35ControlNone is a M2tsScte35Control enum value + M2tsScte35ControlNone = "NONE" + + // M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough is a M2tsScte35Control enum value + M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" + + // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value + M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" +) + +const ( + // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value + M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" + + // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value + M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" +) + +const ( + // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value + M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" + + // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value + M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value + M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" + + // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value + M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" +) + +const ( + // M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value + M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" + + // M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value + M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value + M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" + + // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value + M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value + Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" + + // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value + Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" +) + +const ( + // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value + NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME" + + // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value + NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY" +) + +const ( + // Scte20Convert608To708Disabled is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value + Scte20Convert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" + + // Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value + Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" +) + +const ( + // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value + Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value + Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" +) + +const ( + // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value + Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value + Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" +) + +const ( + // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value + Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value + Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" +) + +const ( + // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value + Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value + Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value + SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value + SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value + SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" + + // SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value + SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value + SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId = "NO_EVENT_ID" + + // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value + SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" + + // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value + SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp = "USE_TIMESTAMP" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value + SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone = "NONE" + + // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value + SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos = "SEND_EOS" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value + SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" + + // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value + SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value + SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone = "NONE" + + // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value + SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 = "SCTE_35" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value + SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend = "DO_NOT_SEND" + + // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value + SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend = "SEND" +) + +const ( + // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value + SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET" + + // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value + SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE" +) + +const ( + // TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value + TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" + + // TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value + TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock = "SYSTEMCLOCK" + + // TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value + TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" +) + +const ( + // TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value + TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value + TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" +) + +const ( + // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" + + // UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" + + // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value + UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" +) + +const ( + // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value + VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone = "NONE" + + // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value + VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" + + // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value + VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" +) + +const ( + // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value + VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" + + // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value + VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" +) + +const ( + // VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value + VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" + + // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value + VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" + + // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value + VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" +) + +const ( + // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value + VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" + + // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value + VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..22c90987203 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package medialive provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Elemental MediaLive. +// +// API for AWS Elemental MediaLive +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14 for more information on this service. +// +// See medialive package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/medialive/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Elemental MediaLive with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Elemental MediaLive client MediaLive for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/medialive/#New +package medialive diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..247fb52c70c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package medialive + +const ( + + // ErrCodeBadGatewayException for service response error code + // "BadGatewayException". + ErrCodeBadGatewayException = "BadGatewayException" + + // ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code + // "BadRequestException". + ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException" + + // ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code + // "ConflictException". + ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException" + + // ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code + // "ForbiddenException". + ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException" + + // ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException for service response error code + // "GatewayTimeoutException". + ErrCodeGatewayTimeoutException = "GatewayTimeoutException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code + // "InternalServerErrorException". + ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException" + + // ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code + // "NotFoundException". + ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code + // "TooManyRequestsException". + ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException" + + // ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException for service response error code + // "UnprocessableEntityException". + ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException = "UnprocessableEntityException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96e7506c17f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package medialive + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" +) + +// MediaLive provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Elemental MediaLive. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// MediaLive methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type MediaLive struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "medialive" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the MediaLive client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a MediaLive client from just a session. +// svc := medialive.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a MediaLive client with additional configuration +// svc := medialive.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaLive { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *MediaLive { + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = "medialive" + } + svc := &MediaLive{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-10-14", + JSONVersion: "1.1", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restjson.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a MediaLive operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *MediaLive) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d386d16951 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,3242 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediapackage + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opCreateChannel = "CreateChannel" + +// CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateChannel, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/channels", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateChannelInput{} + } + + output = &CreateChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Creates a new Channel. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opCreateOriginEndpoint = "CreateOriginEndpoint" + +// CreateOriginEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateOriginEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateOriginEndpoint for more information on using the CreateOriginEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateOriginEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateOriginEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateOriginEndpointRequest(input *CreateOriginEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateOriginEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/origin_endpoints", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateOriginEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &CreateOriginEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateOriginEndpoint API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Creates a new OriginEndpoint record. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation CreateOriginEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateOriginEndpoint(input *CreateOriginEndpointInput) (*CreateOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateOriginEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateOriginEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateOriginEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateOriginEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) CreateOriginEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateOriginEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateOriginEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteChannel = "DeleteChannel" + +// DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteChannel, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/channels/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteChannelInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Deletes an existing Channel. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteOriginEndpoint = "DeleteOriginEndpoint" + +// DeleteOriginEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteOriginEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteOriginEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteOriginEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteOriginEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteOriginEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteOriginEndpointRequest(input *DeleteOriginEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteOriginEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteOriginEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/origin_endpoints/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteOriginEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteOriginEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteOriginEndpoint API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Deletes an existing OriginEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation DeleteOriginEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteOriginEndpoint(input *DeleteOriginEndpointInput) (*DeleteOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteOriginEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteOriginEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteOriginEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteOriginEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) DeleteOriginEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteOriginEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteOriginEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel" + +// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeChannel, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/channels/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeChannelInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Gets details about a Channel. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeOriginEndpoint = "DescribeOriginEndpoint" + +// DescribeOriginEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeOriginEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeOriginEndpoint for more information on using the DescribeOriginEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOriginEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeOriginEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeOriginEndpointRequest(input *DescribeOriginEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeOriginEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/origin_endpoints/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeOriginEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeOriginEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeOriginEndpoint API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Gets details about an existing OriginEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation DescribeOriginEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeOriginEndpoint(input *DescribeOriginEndpointInput) (*DescribeOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeOriginEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeOriginEndpointWithContext is the same as DescribeOriginEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeOriginEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) DescribeOriginEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOriginEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeOriginEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListChannels = "ListChannels" + +// ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListChannels +func (c *MediaPackage) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListChannels, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/channels", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListChannelsInput{} + } + + output = &ListChannelsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Returns a collection of Channels. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation ListChannels for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListChannels +func (c *MediaPackage) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListChannelsPages(params, +// func(page *ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *MediaPackage) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListChannelsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListChannelsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListChannelsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListChannelsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opListOriginEndpoints = "ListOriginEndpoints" + +// ListOriginEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListOriginEndpoints operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListOriginEndpoints for more information on using the ListOriginEndpoints +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListOriginEndpointsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListOriginEndpointsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListOriginEndpoints +func (c *MediaPackage) ListOriginEndpointsRequest(input *ListOriginEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOriginEndpointsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListOriginEndpoints, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/origin_endpoints", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "MaxResults", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListOriginEndpointsInput{} + } + + output = &ListOriginEndpointsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListOriginEndpoints API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Returns a collection of OriginEndpoint records. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation ListOriginEndpoints for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListOriginEndpoints +func (c *MediaPackage) ListOriginEndpoints(input *ListOriginEndpointsInput) (*ListOriginEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOriginEndpointsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListOriginEndpointsWithContext is the same as ListOriginEndpoints with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListOriginEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) ListOriginEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOriginEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOriginEndpointsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListOriginEndpointsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListOriginEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOriginEndpoints operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListOriginEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOriginEndpoints operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListOriginEndpointsPages(params, +// func(page *ListOriginEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +// +func (c *MediaPackage) ListOriginEndpointsPages(input *ListOriginEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListOriginEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListOriginEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListOriginEndpointsPagesWithContext same as ListOriginEndpointsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) ListOriginEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOriginEndpointsInput, fn func(*ListOriginEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListOriginEndpointsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListOriginEndpointsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + cont := true + for p.Next() && cont { + cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListOriginEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + } + return p.Err() +} + +const opRotateChannelCredentials = "RotateChannelCredentials" + +// RotateChannelCredentialsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the RotateChannelCredentials operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See RotateChannelCredentials for more information on using the RotateChannelCredentials +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the RotateChannelCredentialsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.RotateChannelCredentialsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/RotateChannelCredentials +func (c *MediaPackage) RotateChannelCredentialsRequest(input *RotateChannelCredentialsInput) (req *request.Request, output *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opRotateChannelCredentials, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/channels/{id}/credentials", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &RotateChannelCredentialsInput{} + } + + output = &RotateChannelCredentialsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// RotateChannelCredentials API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Changes the Channel ingest username and password. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation RotateChannelCredentials for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/RotateChannelCredentials +func (c *MediaPackage) RotateChannelCredentials(input *RotateChannelCredentialsInput) (*RotateChannelCredentialsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RotateChannelCredentialsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// RotateChannelCredentialsWithContext is the same as RotateChannelCredentials with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See RotateChannelCredentials for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) RotateChannelCredentialsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RotateChannelCredentialsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RotateChannelCredentialsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.RotateChannelCredentialsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel" + +// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateChannel, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/channels/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateChannelInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateChannelOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Updates an existing Channel. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateChannel +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opUpdateOriginEndpoint = "UpdateOriginEndpoint" + +// UpdateOriginEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateOriginEndpoint operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateOriginEndpoint for more information on using the UpdateOriginEndpoint +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateOriginEndpointRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateOriginEndpointRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateOriginEndpointRequest(input *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateOriginEndpoint, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/origin_endpoints/{id}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateOriginEndpointInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateOriginEndpointOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// UpdateOriginEndpoint API operation for AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// Updates an existing OriginEndpoint. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaPackage's +// API operation UpdateOriginEndpoint for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException "UnprocessableEntityException" +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException "InternalServerErrorException" +// +// * ErrCodeForbiddenException "ForbiddenException" +// +// * ErrCodeNotFoundException "NotFoundException" +// +// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException" +// +// * ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException "TooManyRequestsException" +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateOriginEndpoint +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateOriginEndpoint(input *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) (*UpdateOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateOriginEndpointRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateOriginEndpointWithContext is the same as UpdateOriginEndpoint with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateOriginEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaPackage) UpdateOriginEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateOriginEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateOriginEndpointOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateOriginEndpointRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// A Channel resource configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/Channel +type Channel struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) assigned to the Channel. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // A short text description of the Channel. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. + HlsIngest *HlsIngest `locationName:"hlsIngest" type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the Channel. + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Channel) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Channel) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetDescription(v string) *Channel { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsIngest sets the HlsIngest field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetHlsIngest(v *HlsIngest) *Channel { + s.HlsIngest = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateChannelRequest +type CreateChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetId(v string) *CreateChannelInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateChannelResponse +type CreateChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. + HlsIngest *HlsIngest `locationName:"hlsIngest" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateChannelOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsIngest sets the HlsIngest field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetHlsIngest(v *HlsIngest) *CreateChannelOutput { + s.HlsIngest = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *CreateChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateOriginEndpointRequest +type CreateOriginEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ChannelId is a required field + ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateOriginEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateOriginEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateOriginEndpointInput"} + if s.ChannelId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) + } + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.DashPackage != nil { + if err := s.DashPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DashPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.HlsPackage != nil { + if err := s.HlsPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("HlsPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.MssPackage != nil { + if err := s.MssPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("MssPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetChannelId(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetId(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetManifestName(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointInput) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *CreateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/CreateOriginEndpointResponse +type CreateOriginEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateOriginEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateOriginEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetArn(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetId(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetManifestName(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetUrl(v string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *CreateOriginEndpointOutput) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *CreateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +// A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) encryption configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DashEncryption +type DashEncryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Time (in seconds) between each encryption key rotation. + KeyRotationIntervalSeconds *int64 `locationName:"keyRotationIntervalSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // A configuration for accessing an external Secure Packager and Encoder Key + // Exchange (SPEKE) service that will provide encryption keys. + // + // SpekeKeyProvider is a required field + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DashEncryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DashEncryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DashEncryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashEncryption"} + if s.SpekeKeyProvider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpekeKeyProvider")) + } + if s.SpekeKeyProvider != nil { + if err := s.SpekeKeyProvider.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SpekeKeyProvider", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetKeyRotationIntervalSeconds sets the KeyRotationIntervalSeconds field's value. +func (s *DashEncryption) SetKeyRotationIntervalSeconds(v int64) *DashEncryption { + s.KeyRotationIntervalSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *DashEncryption) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *DashEncryption { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DashPackage +type DashPackage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) encryption configuration. + Encryption *DashEncryption `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // Time window (in seconds) contained in each manifest. + ManifestWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"manifestWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // Minimum duration (in seconds) that a player will buffer media before starting + // the presentation. + MinBufferTimeSeconds *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTimeSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // Minimum duration (in seconds) between potential changes to the Dynamic Adaptive + // Streaming over HTTP (DASH) Media Presentation Description (MPD). + MinUpdatePeriodSeconds *int64 `locationName:"minUpdatePeriodSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // The Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) profile type. When set to + // "HBBTV_1_5", HbbTV 1.5 compliant output is enabled. + Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"Profile"` + + // Duration (in seconds) of each segment. Actual segments will berounded to + // the nearest multiple of the source segment duration. + SegmentDurationSeconds *int64 `locationName:"segmentDurationSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // A StreamSelection configuration. + StreamSelection *StreamSelection `locationName:"streamSelection" type:"structure"` + + // Duration (in seconds) to delay live content before presentation. + SuggestedPresentationDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"suggestedPresentationDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DashPackage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DashPackage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DashPackage) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DashPackage"} + if s.Encryption != nil { + if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetEncryption(v *DashEncryption) *DashPackage { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetManifestWindowSeconds sets the ManifestWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetManifestWindowSeconds(v int64) *DashPackage { + s.ManifestWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinBufferTimeSeconds sets the MinBufferTimeSeconds field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetMinBufferTimeSeconds(v int64) *DashPackage { + s.MinBufferTimeSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinUpdatePeriodSeconds sets the MinUpdatePeriodSeconds field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetMinUpdatePeriodSeconds(v int64) *DashPackage { + s.MinUpdatePeriodSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetProfile(v string) *DashPackage { + s.Profile = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentDurationSeconds sets the SegmentDurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetSegmentDurationSeconds(v int64) *DashPackage { + s.SegmentDurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamSelection sets the StreamSelection field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetStreamSelection(v *StreamSelection) *DashPackage { + s.StreamSelection = v + return s +} + +// SetSuggestedPresentationDelaySeconds sets the SuggestedPresentationDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *DashPackage) SetSuggestedPresentationDelaySeconds(v int64) *DashPackage { + s.SuggestedPresentationDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteChannelRequest +type DeleteChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteChannelResponse +type DeleteChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteOriginEndpointRequest +type DeleteOriginEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOriginEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOriginEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteOriginEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteOriginEndpointInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DeleteOriginEndpointInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteOriginEndpointInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DeleteOriginEndpointResponse +type DeleteOriginEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOriginEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteOriginEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeChannelRequest +type DescribeChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeChannelResponse +type DescribeChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. + HlsIngest *HlsIngest `locationName:"hlsIngest" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDescription(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsIngest sets the HlsIngest field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetHlsIngest(v *HlsIngest) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.HlsIngest = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeOriginEndpointRequest +type DescribeOriginEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeOriginEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeOriginEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOriginEndpointInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointInput) SetId(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/DescribeOriginEndpointResponse +type DescribeOriginEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetDescription(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetManifestName(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetUrl(v string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *DescribeOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +// An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) encryption configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/HlsEncryption +type HlsEncryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A constant initialization vector for encryption (optional).When not specified + // the initialization vector will be periodically rotated. + ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" type:"string"` + + // The encryption method to use. + EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"EncryptionMethod"` + + // Interval (in seconds) between each encryption key rotation. + KeyRotationIntervalSeconds *int64 `locationName:"keyRotationIntervalSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // When enabled, the EXT-X-KEY tag will be repeated in output manifests. + RepeatExtXKey *bool `locationName:"repeatExtXKey" type:"boolean"` + + // A configuration for accessing an external Secure Packager and Encoder Key + // Exchange (SPEKE) service that will provide encryption keys. + // + // SpekeKeyProvider is a required field + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsEncryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsEncryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HlsEncryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsEncryption"} + if s.SpekeKeyProvider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpekeKeyProvider")) + } + if s.SpekeKeyProvider != nil { + if err := s.SpekeKeyProvider.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SpekeKeyProvider", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryption) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *HlsEncryption { + s.ConstantInitializationVector = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryption) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *HlsEncryption { + s.EncryptionMethod = &v + return s +} + +// SetKeyRotationIntervalSeconds sets the KeyRotationIntervalSeconds field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryption) SetKeyRotationIntervalSeconds(v int64) *HlsEncryption { + s.KeyRotationIntervalSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetRepeatExtXKey sets the RepeatExtXKey field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryption) SetRepeatExtXKey(v bool) *HlsEncryption { + s.RepeatExtXKey = &v + return s +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *HlsEncryption) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *HlsEncryption { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/HlsIngest +type HlsIngest struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A list of endpoints to which the source stream should be sent. + IngestEndpoints []*IngestEndpoint `locationName:"ingestEndpoints" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsIngest) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsIngest) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetIngestEndpoints sets the IngestEndpoints field's value. +func (s *HlsIngest) SetIngestEndpoints(v []*IngestEndpoint) *HlsIngest { + s.IngestEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/HlsPackage +type HlsPackage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This setting controls how ad markers are included in the packaged OriginEndpoint."NONE" + // will omit all SCTE-35 ad markers from the output."PASSTHROUGH" causes the + // manifest to contain a copy of the SCTE-35 admarkers (comments) taken directly + // from the input HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) manifest."SCTE35_ENHANCED" generates + // ad markers and blackout tags based on SCTE-35messages in the input source. + AdMarkers *string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"string" enum:"AdMarkers"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) encryption configuration. + Encryption *HlsEncryption `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // When enabled, an I-Frame only stream will be included in the output. + IncludeIframeOnlyStream *bool `locationName:"includeIframeOnlyStream" type:"boolean"` + + // The HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) playlist type.When either "EVENT" or "VOD" + // is specified, a corresponding EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPEentry will be included in + // the media playlist. + PlaylistType *string `locationName:"playlistType" type:"string" enum:"PlaylistType"` + + // Time window (in seconds) contained in each parent manifest. + PlaylistWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"playlistWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // The interval (in seconds) between each EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME taginserted + // into manifests. Additionally, when an interval is specifiedID3Timed Metadata + // messages will be generated every 5 seconds using the ingest time of the content.If + // the interval is not specified, or set to 0, thenno EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME + // tags will be inserted into manifests and noID3Timed Metadata messages will + // be generated. Note that irrespectiveof this parameter, if any ID3 Timed Metadata + // is found in HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) input,it will be passed through to + // HLS output. + ProgramDateTimeIntervalSeconds *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimeIntervalSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // Duration (in seconds) of each fragment. Actual fragments will berounded to + // the nearest multiple of the source fragment duration. + SegmentDurationSeconds *int64 `locationName:"segmentDurationSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // A StreamSelection configuration. + StreamSelection *StreamSelection `locationName:"streamSelection" type:"structure"` + + // When enabled, audio streams will be placed in rendition groups in the output. + UseAudioRenditionGroup *bool `locationName:"useAudioRenditionGroup" type:"boolean"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s HlsPackage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s HlsPackage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *HlsPackage) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsPackage"} + if s.Encryption != nil { + if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetAdMarkers(v string) *HlsPackage { + s.AdMarkers = &v + return s +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetEncryption(v *HlsEncryption) *HlsPackage { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetIncludeIframeOnlyStream sets the IncludeIframeOnlyStream field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetIncludeIframeOnlyStream(v bool) *HlsPackage { + s.IncludeIframeOnlyStream = &v + return s +} + +// SetPlaylistType sets the PlaylistType field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetPlaylistType(v string) *HlsPackage { + s.PlaylistType = &v + return s +} + +// SetPlaylistWindowSeconds sets the PlaylistWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetPlaylistWindowSeconds(v int64) *HlsPackage { + s.PlaylistWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetProgramDateTimeIntervalSeconds sets the ProgramDateTimeIntervalSeconds field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetProgramDateTimeIntervalSeconds(v int64) *HlsPackage { + s.ProgramDateTimeIntervalSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentDurationSeconds sets the SegmentDurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetSegmentDurationSeconds(v int64) *HlsPackage { + s.SegmentDurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamSelection sets the StreamSelection field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetStreamSelection(v *StreamSelection) *HlsPackage { + s.StreamSelection = v + return s +} + +// SetUseAudioRenditionGroup sets the UseAudioRenditionGroup field's value. +func (s *HlsPackage) SetUseAudioRenditionGroup(v bool) *HlsPackage { + s.UseAudioRenditionGroup = &v + return s +} + +// An endpoint for ingesting source content for a Channel. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/IngestEndpoint +type IngestEndpoint struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The system generated password for ingest authentication. + Password *string `locationName:"password" type:"string"` + + // The ingest URL to which the source stream should be sent. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + // The system generated username for ingest authentication. + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s IngestEndpoint) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s IngestEndpoint) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. +func (s *IngestEndpoint) SetPassword(v string) *IngestEndpoint { + s.Password = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *IngestEndpoint) SetUrl(v string) *IngestEndpoint { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *IngestEndpoint) SetUsername(v string) *IngestEndpoint { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListChannelsRequest +type ListChannelsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListChannelsResponse +type ListChannelsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Channels []*Channel `locationName:"channels" type:"list"` + + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*Channel) *ListChannelsOutput { + s.Channels = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListOriginEndpointsRequest +type ListOriginEndpointsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + ChannelId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` + + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOriginEndpointsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOriginEndpointsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOriginEndpointsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsInput) SetChannelId(v string) *ListOriginEndpointsInput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOriginEndpointsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOriginEndpointsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/ListOriginEndpointsResponse +type ListOriginEndpointsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` + + OriginEndpoints []*OriginEndpoint `locationName:"originEndpoints" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListOriginEndpointsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListOriginEndpointsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOriginEndpointsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetOriginEndpoints sets the OriginEndpoints field's value. +func (s *ListOriginEndpointsOutput) SetOriginEndpoints(v []*OriginEndpoint) *ListOriginEndpointsOutput { + s.OriginEndpoints = v + return s +} + +// A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) encryption configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/MssEncryption +type MssEncryption struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A configuration for accessing an external Secure Packager and Encoder Key + // Exchange (SPEKE) service that will provide encryption keys. + // + // SpekeKeyProvider is a required field + SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MssEncryption) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MssEncryption) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MssEncryption) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MssEncryption"} + if s.SpekeKeyProvider == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpekeKeyProvider")) + } + if s.SpekeKeyProvider != nil { + if err := s.SpekeKeyProvider.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("SpekeKeyProvider", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value. +func (s *MssEncryption) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *MssEncryption { + s.SpekeKeyProvider = v + return s +} + +// A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/MssPackage +type MssPackage struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) encryption configuration. + Encryption *MssEncryption `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"` + + // The time window (in seconds) contained in each manifest. + ManifestWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"manifestWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // The duration (in seconds) of each segment. + SegmentDurationSeconds *int64 `locationName:"segmentDurationSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // A StreamSelection configuration. + StreamSelection *StreamSelection `locationName:"streamSelection" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s MssPackage) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s MssPackage) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *MssPackage) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MssPackage"} + if s.Encryption != nil { + if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value. +func (s *MssPackage) SetEncryption(v *MssEncryption) *MssPackage { + s.Encryption = v + return s +} + +// SetManifestWindowSeconds sets the ManifestWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *MssPackage) SetManifestWindowSeconds(v int64) *MssPackage { + s.ManifestWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetSegmentDurationSeconds sets the SegmentDurationSeconds field's value. +func (s *MssPackage) SetSegmentDurationSeconds(v int64) *MssPackage { + s.SegmentDurationSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamSelection sets the StreamSelection field's value. +func (s *MssPackage) SetStreamSelection(v *StreamSelection) *MssPackage { + s.StreamSelection = v + return s +} + +// An OriginEndpoint resource configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/OriginEndpoint +type OriginEndpoint struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) assigned to the OriginEndpoint. + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + // The ID of the Channel the OriginEndpoint is associated with. + ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + // A short text description of the OriginEndpoint. + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + // The ID of the OriginEndpoint. + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + // A short string appended to the end of the OriginEndpoint URL. + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + // Maximum duration (seconds) of content to retain for startover playback.If + // not specified, startover playback will be disabled for the OriginEndpoint. + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + // Amount of delay (seconds) to enforce on the playback of live content.If not + // specified, there will be no time delay in effect for the OriginEndpoint. + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + // The URL of the packaged OriginEndpoint for consumption. + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + // A list of source IP CIDR blocks that will be allowed to access the OriginEndpoint. + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s OriginEndpoint) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s OriginEndpoint) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetArn(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetChannelId(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *OriginEndpoint { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetDescription(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *OriginEndpoint { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetId(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetManifestName(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *OriginEndpoint { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *OriginEndpoint { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *OriginEndpoint { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetUrl(v string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *OriginEndpoint) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *OriginEndpoint { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/RotateChannelCredentialsRequest +type RotateChannelCredentialsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RotateChannelCredentialsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RotateChannelCredentialsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RotateChannelCredentialsInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsInput) SetId(v string) *RotateChannelCredentialsInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/RotateChannelCredentialsResponse +type RotateChannelCredentialsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. + HlsIngest *HlsIngest `locationName:"hlsIngest" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) SetArn(v string) *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) SetDescription(v string) *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsIngest sets the HlsIngest field's value. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) SetHlsIngest(v *HlsIngest) *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput { + s.HlsIngest = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput) SetId(v string) *RotateChannelCredentialsOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// A configuration for accessing an external Secure Packager and Encoder Key +// Exchange (SPEKE) service that will provide encryption keys. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/SpekeKeyProvider +type SpekeKeyProvider struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The resource ID to include in key requests. + // + // ResourceId is a required field + ResourceId *string `locationName:"resourceId" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that AWS ElementalMediaPackage + // will assume when accessing the key provider service. + // + // RoleArn is a required field + RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The system IDs to include in key requests. + // + // SystemIds is a required field + SystemIds []*string `locationName:"systemIds" type:"list" required:"true"` + + // The URL of the external key provider service. + // + // Url is a required field + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s SpekeKeyProvider) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s SpekeKeyProvider) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SpekeKeyProvider"} + if s.ResourceId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceId")) + } + if s.RoleArn == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RoleArn")) + } + if s.SystemIds == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SystemIds")) + } + if s.Url == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Url")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetResourceId sets the ResourceId field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetResourceId(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.ResourceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetRoleArn(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.RoleArn = &v + return s +} + +// SetSystemIds sets the SystemIds field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetSystemIds(v []*string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.SystemIds = v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetUrl(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// A StreamSelection configuration. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/StreamSelection +type StreamSelection struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum video bitrate (bps) to include in output. + MaxVideoBitsPerSecond *int64 `locationName:"maxVideoBitsPerSecond" type:"integer"` + + // The minimum video bitrate (bps) to include in output. + MinVideoBitsPerSecond *int64 `locationName:"minVideoBitsPerSecond" type:"integer"` + + // A directive that determines the order of streams in the output. + StreamOrder *string `locationName:"streamOrder" type:"string" enum:"StreamOrder"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s StreamSelection) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s StreamSelection) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMaxVideoBitsPerSecond sets the MaxVideoBitsPerSecond field's value. +func (s *StreamSelection) SetMaxVideoBitsPerSecond(v int64) *StreamSelection { + s.MaxVideoBitsPerSecond = &v + return s +} + +// SetMinVideoBitsPerSecond sets the MinVideoBitsPerSecond field's value. +func (s *StreamSelection) SetMinVideoBitsPerSecond(v int64) *StreamSelection { + s.MinVideoBitsPerSecond = &v + return s +} + +// SetStreamOrder sets the StreamOrder field's value. +func (s *StreamSelection) SetStreamOrder(v string) *StreamSelection { + s.StreamOrder = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateChannelRequest +type UpdateChannelInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateChannelInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateChannelInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateChannelInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetId(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateChannelResponse +type UpdateChannelOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) ingest resource configuration. + HlsIngest *HlsIngest `locationName:"hlsIngest" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateChannelOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateChannelOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateChannelOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateChannelOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsIngest sets the HlsIngest field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetHlsIngest(v *HlsIngest) *UpdateChannelOutput { + s.HlsIngest = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *UpdateChannelOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateOriginEndpointRequest +type UpdateOriginEndpointInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + // Id is a required field + Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"` + + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOriginEndpointInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOriginEndpointInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateOriginEndpointInput"} + if s.Id == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id")) + } + if s.DashPackage != nil { + if err := s.DashPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("DashPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.HlsPackage != nil { + if err := s.HlsPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("HlsPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + if s.MssPackage != nil { + if err := s.MssPackage.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("MssPackage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetId(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetManifestName(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointInput) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *UpdateOriginEndpointInput { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12/UpdateOriginEndpointResponse +type UpdateOriginEndpointOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` + + ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` + + // A Dynamic Adaptive Streaming over HTTP (DASH) packaging configuration. + DashPackage *DashPackage `locationName:"dashPackage" type:"structure"` + + Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` + + // An HTTP Live Streaming (HLS) packaging configuration. + HlsPackage *HlsPackage `locationName:"hlsPackage" type:"structure"` + + Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` + + ManifestName *string `locationName:"manifestName" type:"string"` + + // A Microsoft Smooth Streaming (MSS) packaging configuration. + MssPackage *MssPackage `locationName:"mssPackage" type:"structure"` + + StartoverWindowSeconds *int64 `locationName:"startoverWindowSeconds" type:"integer"` + + TimeDelaySeconds *int64 `locationName:"timeDelaySeconds" type:"integer"` + + Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` + + Whitelist []*string `locationName:"whitelist" type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Arn = &v + return s +} + +// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ChannelId = &v + return s +} + +// SetDashPackage sets the DashPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetDashPackage(v *DashPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.DashPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetDescription sets the Description field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetDescription(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Description = &v + return s +} + +// SetHlsPackage sets the HlsPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetHlsPackage(v *HlsPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.HlsPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetId sets the Id field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetId(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Id = &v + return s +} + +// SetManifestName sets the ManifestName field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetManifestName(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.ManifestName = &v + return s +} + +// SetMssPackage sets the MssPackage field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetMssPackage(v *MssPackage) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.MssPackage = v + return s +} + +// SetStartoverWindowSeconds sets the StartoverWindowSeconds field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetStartoverWindowSeconds(v int64) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.StartoverWindowSeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetTimeDelaySeconds sets the TimeDelaySeconds field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetTimeDelaySeconds(v int64) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.TimeDelaySeconds = &v + return s +} + +// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetUrl(v string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Url = &v + return s +} + +// SetWhitelist sets the Whitelist field's value. +func (s *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput) SetWhitelist(v []*string) *UpdateOriginEndpointOutput { + s.Whitelist = v + return s +} + +const ( + // AdMarkersNone is a AdMarkers enum value + AdMarkersNone = "NONE" + + // AdMarkersScte35Enhanced is a AdMarkers enum value + AdMarkersScte35Enhanced = "SCTE35_ENHANCED" + + // AdMarkersPassthrough is a AdMarkers enum value + AdMarkersPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" +) + +const ( + // EncryptionMethodAes128 is a EncryptionMethod enum value + EncryptionMethodAes128 = "AES_128" + + // EncryptionMethodSampleAes is a EncryptionMethod enum value + EncryptionMethodSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" +) + +const ( + // PlaylistTypeNone is a PlaylistType enum value + PlaylistTypeNone = "NONE" + + // PlaylistTypeEvent is a PlaylistType enum value + PlaylistTypeEvent = "EVENT" + + // PlaylistTypeVod is a PlaylistType enum value + PlaylistTypeVod = "VOD" +) + +const ( + // ProfileNone is a Profile enum value + ProfileNone = "NONE" + + // ProfileHbbtv15 is a Profile enum value + ProfileHbbtv15 = "HBBTV_1_5" +) + +const ( + // StreamOrderOriginal is a StreamOrder enum value + StreamOrderOriginal = "ORIGINAL" + + // StreamOrderVideoBitrateAscending is a StreamOrder enum value + StreamOrderVideoBitrateAscending = "VIDEO_BITRATE_ASCENDING" + + // StreamOrderVideoBitrateDescending is a StreamOrder enum value + StreamOrderVideoBitrateDescending = "VIDEO_BITRATE_DESCENDING" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03c86834991 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package mediapackage provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Elemental MediaPackage. +// +// AWS Elemental MediaPackage +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediapackage-2017-10-12 for more information on this service. +// +// See mediapackage package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediapackage/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Elemental MediaPackage with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Elemental MediaPackage client MediaPackage for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediapackage/#New +package mediapackage diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6ba3649e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediapackage + +const ( + + // ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code + // "ForbiddenException". + ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code + // "InternalServerErrorException". + ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException" + + // ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code + // "NotFoundException". + ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException for service response error code + // "ServiceUnavailableException". + ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException = "ServiceUnavailableException" + + // ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code + // "TooManyRequestsException". + ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException" + + // ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException for service response error code + // "UnprocessableEntityException". + ErrCodeUnprocessableEntityException = "UnprocessableEntityException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2447a2092bf --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediapackage + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" +) + +// MediaPackage provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Elemental MediaPackage. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// MediaPackage methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type MediaPackage struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "mediapackage" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the MediaPackage client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a MediaPackage client from just a session. +// svc := mediapackage.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a MediaPackage client with additional configuration +// svc := mediapackage.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaPackage { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *MediaPackage { + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = "mediapackage" + } + svc := &MediaPackage{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-10-12", + JSONVersion: "1.1", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restjson.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a MediaPackage operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *MediaPackage) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c39302eea3c --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,1204 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastore + +import ( + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" +) + +const opCreateContainer = "CreateContainer" + +// CreateContainerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the CreateContainer operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See CreateContainer for more information on using the CreateContainer +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the CreateContainerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.CreateContainerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/CreateContainer +func (c *MediaStore) CreateContainerRequest(input *CreateContainerInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateContainerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opCreateContainer, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &CreateContainerInput{} + } + + output = &CreateContainerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// CreateContainer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Creates a storage container to hold objects. A container is similar to a +// bucket in the Amazon S3 service. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation CreateContainer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerInUseException "ContainerInUseException" +// Resource already exists or is being updated. +// +// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException" +// A service limit has been exceeded. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/CreateContainer +func (c *MediaStore) CreateContainer(input *CreateContainerInput) (*CreateContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateContainerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// CreateContainerWithContext is the same as CreateContainer with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See CreateContainer for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) CreateContainerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateContainerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.CreateContainerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteContainer = "DeleteContainer" + +// DeleteContainerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteContainer operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteContainer for more information on using the DeleteContainer +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteContainerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteContainerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainer +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainerRequest(input *DeleteContainerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteContainerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteContainer, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteContainerInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteContainerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteContainer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Deletes the specified container. Before you make a DeleteContainer request, +// delete any objects in the container or in any folders in the container. You +// can delete only empty containers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation DeleteContainer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerInUseException "ContainerInUseException" +// Resource already exists or is being updated. +// +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainer +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainer(input *DeleteContainerInput) (*DeleteContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteContainerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteContainerWithContext is the same as DeleteContainer with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteContainer for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteContainerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteContainerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDeleteContainerPolicy = "DeleteContainerPolicy" + +// DeleteContainerPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteContainerPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteContainerPolicy for more information on using the DeleteContainerPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteContainerPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteContainerPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainerPolicyRequest(input *DeleteContainerPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteContainerPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteContainerPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteContainerPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteContainerPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteContainerPolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Deletes the access policy that is associated with the specified container. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation DeleteContainerPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerInUseException "ContainerInUseException" +// Resource already exists or is being updated. +// +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodePolicyNotFoundException "PolicyNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a policy that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainerPolicy(input *DeleteContainerPolicyInput) (*DeleteContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteContainerPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteContainerPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteContainerPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteContainerPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) DeleteContainerPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteContainerPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteContainerPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeContainer = "DescribeContainer" + +// DescribeContainerRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeContainer operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeContainer for more information on using the DescribeContainer +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeContainerRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeContainerRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DescribeContainer +func (c *MediaStore) DescribeContainerRequest(input *DescribeContainerInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeContainerOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeContainer, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeContainerInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeContainerOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeContainer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Retrieves the properties of the requested container. This returns a single +// Container object based on ContainerName. To return all Container objects +// that are associated with a specified AWS account, use ListContainers. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation DescribeContainer for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DescribeContainer +func (c *MediaStore) DescribeContainer(input *DescribeContainerInput) (*DescribeContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeContainerRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeContainerWithContext is the same as DescribeContainer with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeContainer for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) DescribeContainerWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeContainerInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeContainerOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeContainerRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetContainerPolicy = "GetContainerPolicy" + +// GetContainerPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetContainerPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetContainerPolicy for more information on using the GetContainerPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetContainerPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetContainerPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/GetContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) GetContainerPolicyRequest(input *GetContainerPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetContainerPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetContainerPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetContainerPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &GetContainerPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetContainerPolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Retrieves the access policy for the specified container. For information +// about the data that is included in an access policy, see the AWS Identity +// and Access Management User Guide (https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/iam/). +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation GetContainerPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerInUseException "ContainerInUseException" +// Resource already exists or is being updated. +// +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodePolicyNotFoundException "PolicyNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a policy that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/GetContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) GetContainerPolicy(input *GetContainerPolicyInput) (*GetContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetContainerPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetContainerPolicyWithContext is the same as GetContainerPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetContainerPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) GetContainerPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetContainerPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetContainerPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListContainers = "ListContainers" + +// ListContainersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListContainers operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListContainers for more information on using the ListContainers +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListContainersRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListContainersRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/ListContainers +func (c *MediaStore) ListContainersRequest(input *ListContainersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListContainersOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListContainers, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListContainersInput{} + } + + output = &ListContainersOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListContainers API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Lists the properties of all containers in AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// You can query to receive all the containers in one response. Or you can include +// the MaxResults parameter to receive a limited number of containers in each +// response. In this case, the response includes a token. To get the next set +// of containers, send the command again, this time with the NextToken parameter +// (with the returned token as its value). The next set of responses appears, +// with a token if there are still more containers to receive. +// +// See also DescribeContainer, which gets the properties of one container. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation ListContainers for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/ListContainers +func (c *MediaStore) ListContainers(input *ListContainersInput) (*ListContainersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListContainersRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListContainersWithContext is the same as ListContainers with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListContainers for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) ListContainersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListContainersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListContainersOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListContainersRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutContainerPolicy = "PutContainerPolicy" + +// PutContainerPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutContainerPolicy operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutContainerPolicy for more information on using the PutContainerPolicy +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutContainerPolicyRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutContainerPolicyRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/PutContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) PutContainerPolicyRequest(input *PutContainerPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutContainerPolicyOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutContainerPolicy, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutContainerPolicyInput{} + } + + output = &PutContainerPolicyOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// PutContainerPolicy API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// Creates an access policy for the specified container to restrict the users +// and clients that can access it. For information about the data that is included +// in an access policy, see the AWS Identity and Access Management User Guide +// (https://aws.amazon.com/documentation/iam/). +// +// For this release of the REST API, you can create only one policy for a container. +// If you enter PutContainerPolicy twice, the second command modifies the existing +// policy. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore's +// API operation PutContainerPolicy for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeContainerInUseException "ContainerInUseException" +// Resource already exists or is being updated. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/PutContainerPolicy +func (c *MediaStore) PutContainerPolicy(input *PutContainerPolicyInput) (*PutContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutContainerPolicyRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutContainerPolicyWithContext is the same as PutContainerPolicy with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutContainerPolicy for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStore) PutContainerPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutContainerPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutContainerPolicyOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutContainerPolicyRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// This section describes operations that you can perform on an AWS Elemental +// MediaStore container. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/Container +type Container struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the container. The ARN has the following + // format: + // + // arn:aws:::container/ + // + // For example: arn:aws:mediastore:us-west-2:111122223333:container/movies + ARN *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Unix timestamp. + CreationTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The DNS endpoint of the container. Use from 1 to 255 characters. Use this + // endpoint to identify this container when sending requests to the data plane. + Endpoint *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The name of the container. + Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The status of container creation or deletion. The status is one of the following: + // CREATING, ACTIVE, or DELETING. While the service is creating the container, + // the status is CREATING. When the endpoint is available, the status changes + // to ACTIVE. + Status *string `min:"1" type:"string" enum:"ContainerStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Container) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Container) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetARN sets the ARN field's value. +func (s *Container) SetARN(v string) *Container { + s.ARN = &v + return s +} + +// SetCreationTime sets the CreationTime field's value. +func (s *Container) SetCreationTime(v time.Time) *Container { + s.CreationTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value. +func (s *Container) SetEndpoint(v string) *Container { + s.Endpoint = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Container) SetName(v string) *Container { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *Container) SetStatus(v string) *Container { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/CreateContainerInput +type CreateContainerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name for the container. The name must be from 1 to 255 characters. Container + // names must be unique to your AWS account within a specific region. As an + // example, you could create a container named movies in every region, as long + // as you don’t have an existing container with that name. + // + // ContainerName is a required field + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateContainerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateContainerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *CreateContainerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateContainerInput"} + if s.ContainerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerName")) + } + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *CreateContainerInput) SetContainerName(v string) *CreateContainerInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/CreateContainerOutput +type CreateContainerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // ContainerARN: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the newly created container. + // The ARN has the following format: arn:aws:::container/. For example: arn:aws:mediastore:us-west-2:111122223333:container/movies + // + // ContainerName: The container name as specified in the request. + // + // CreationTime: Unix timestamp. + // + // Status: The status of container creation or deletion. The status is one of + // the following: CREATING, ACTIVE, or DELETING. While the service is creating + // the container, the status is CREATING. When an endpoint is available, the + // status changes to ACTIVE. + // + // The return value does not include the container's endpoint. To make downstream + // requests, you must obtain this value by using DescribeContainer or ListContainers. + // + // Container is a required field + Container *Container `type:"structure" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s CreateContainerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s CreateContainerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContainer sets the Container field's value. +func (s *CreateContainerOutput) SetContainer(v *Container) *CreateContainerOutput { + s.Container = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerInput +type DeleteContainerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the container to delete. + // + // ContainerName is a required field + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteContainerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteContainerInput"} + if s.ContainerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerName")) + } + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *DeleteContainerInput) SetContainerName(v string) *DeleteContainerInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerOutput +type DeleteContainerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerPolicyInput +type DeleteContainerPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the container that holds the policy. + // + // ContainerName is a required field + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteContainerPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteContainerPolicyInput"} + if s.ContainerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerName")) + } + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *DeleteContainerPolicyInput) SetContainerName(v string) *DeleteContainerPolicyInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DeleteContainerPolicyOutput +type DeleteContainerPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteContainerPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DescribeContainerInput +type DescribeContainerInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the container to query. + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeContainerInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeContainerInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeContainerInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeContainerInput"} + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *DescribeContainerInput) SetContainerName(v string) *DescribeContainerInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/DescribeContainerOutput +type DescribeContainerOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the queried container. + Container *Container `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeContainerOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeContainerOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContainer sets the Container field's value. +func (s *DescribeContainerOutput) SetContainer(v *Container) *DescribeContainerOutput { + s.Container = v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/GetContainerPolicyInput +type GetContainerPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the container. + // + // ContainerName is a required field + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetContainerPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetContainerPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetContainerPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetContainerPolicyInput"} + if s.ContainerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerName")) + } + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *GetContainerPolicyInput) SetContainerName(v string) *GetContainerPolicyInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/GetContainerPolicyOutput +type GetContainerPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The contents of the access policy. + // + // Policy is a required field + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetContainerPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetContainerPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *GetContainerPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetContainerPolicyOutput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/ListContainersInput +type ListContainersInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Enter the maximum number of containers in the response. Use from 1 to 255 + // characters. + MaxResults *int64 `min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // Only if you used MaxResults in the first command, enter the token (which + // was included in the previous response) to obtain the next set of containers. + // This token is included in a response only if there actually are more containers + // to list. + NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListContainersInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListContainersInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListContainersInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListContainersInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + if s.NextToken != nil && len(*s.NextToken) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NextToken", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListContainersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListContainersInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListContainersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListContainersInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/ListContainersOutput +type ListContainersOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The names of the containers. + // + // Containers is a required field + Containers []*Container `type:"list" required:"true"` + + // NextToken is the token to use in the next call to ListContainers. This token + // is returned only if you included the MaxResults tag in the original command, + // and only if there are still containers to return. + NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListContainersOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListContainersOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContainers sets the Containers field's value. +func (s *ListContainersOutput) SetContainers(v []*Container) *ListContainersOutput { + s.Containers = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListContainersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListContainersOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/PutContainerPolicyInput +type PutContainerPolicyInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the container. + // + // ContainerName is a required field + ContainerName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The contents of the policy, which includes the following: + // + // * One Version tag + // + // * One Statement tag that contains the standard tags for the policy. + // + // Policy is a required field + Policy *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutContainerPolicyInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutContainerPolicyInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutContainerPolicyInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutContainerPolicyInput"} + if s.ContainerName == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerName")) + } + if s.ContainerName != nil && len(*s.ContainerName) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ContainerName", 1)) + } + if s.Policy == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy")) + } + if s.Policy != nil && len(*s.Policy) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Policy", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetContainerName sets the ContainerName field's value. +func (s *PutContainerPolicyInput) SetContainerName(v string) *PutContainerPolicyInput { + s.ContainerName = &v + return s +} + +// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value. +func (s *PutContainerPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutContainerPolicyInput { + s.Policy = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01/PutContainerPolicyOutput +type PutContainerPolicyOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutContainerPolicyOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutContainerPolicyOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +const ( + // ContainerStatusActive is a ContainerStatus enum value + ContainerStatusActive = "ACTIVE" + + // ContainerStatusCreating is a ContainerStatus enum value + ContainerStatusCreating = "CREATING" + + // ContainerStatusDeleting is a ContainerStatus enum value + ContainerStatusDeleting = "DELETING" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8f01e8ad66 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package mediastore provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// An AWS Elemental MediaStore container is a namespace that holds folders and +// objects. You use a container endpoint to create, read, and delete objects. +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-2017-09-01 for more information on this service. +// +// See mediastore package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediastore/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Elemental MediaStore with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Elemental MediaStore client MediaStore for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediastore/#New +package mediastore diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2e01ab9ddf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastore + +const ( + + // ErrCodeContainerInUseException for service response error code + // "ContainerInUseException". + // + // Resource already exists or is being updated. + ErrCodeContainerInUseException = "ContainerInUseException" + + // ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException for service response error code + // "ContainerNotFoundException". + // + // Could not perform an operation on a container that does not exist. + ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException = "ContainerNotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerError for service response error code + // "InternalServerError". + // + // The service is temporarily unavailable. + ErrCodeInternalServerError = "InternalServerError" + + // ErrCodeLimitExceededException for service response error code + // "LimitExceededException". + // + // A service limit has been exceeded. + ErrCodeLimitExceededException = "LimitExceededException" + + // ErrCodePolicyNotFoundException for service response error code + // "PolicyNotFoundException". + // + // Could not perform an operation on a policy that does not exist. + ErrCodePolicyNotFoundException = "PolicyNotFoundException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fa36fb91063 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastore + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc" +) + +// MediaStore provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Elemental MediaStore. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// MediaStore methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type MediaStore struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "mediastore" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the MediaStore client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a MediaStore client from just a session. +// svc := mediastore.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a MediaStore client with additional configuration +// svc := mediastore.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaStore { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *MediaStore { + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = "mediastore" + } + svc := &MediaStore{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-09-01", + JSONVersion: "1.1", + TargetPrefix: "MediaStore_20170901", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(jsonrpc.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a MediaStore operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *MediaStore) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/api.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6cc79e64f33 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/api.go @@ -0,0 +1,1119 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastoredata + +import ( + "io" + "time" + + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" +) + +const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject" + +// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DeleteObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDeleteObject, + HTTPMethod: "DELETE", + HTTPPath: "/{Path+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DeleteObjectInput{} + } + + output = &DeleteObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DeleteObject API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// Deletes an object at the specified path. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane's +// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// The specified container was not found for the specified account. +// +// * ErrCodeObjectNotFoundException "ObjectNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on an object that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DeleteObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStoreData) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opDescribeObject = "DescribeObject" + +// DescribeObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeObject for more information on using the DescribeObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DescribeObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) DescribeObjectRequest(input *DescribeObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeObject, + HTTPMethod: "HEAD", + HTTPPath: "/{Path+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeObjectInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeObject API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// Gets the header for an object at the specified path. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane's +// API operation DescribeObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// The specified container was not found for the specified account. +// +// * ErrCodeObjectNotFoundException "ObjectNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on an object that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DescribeObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) DescribeObject(input *DescribeObjectInput) (*DescribeObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeObjectWithContext is the same as DescribeObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStoreData) DescribeObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opGetObject = "GetObject" + +// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/GetObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opGetObject, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/{Path+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &GetObjectInput{} + } + + output = &GetObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// GetObject API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// Downloads the object at the specified path. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane's +// API operation GetObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// The specified container was not found for the specified account. +// +// * ErrCodeObjectNotFoundException "ObjectNotFoundException" +// Could not perform an operation on an object that does not exist. +// +// * ErrCodeRequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException "RequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException" +// The requested content range is not valid. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/GetObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStoreData) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opListItems = "ListItems" + +// ListItemsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the ListItems operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See ListItems for more information on using the ListItems +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the ListItemsRequest method. +// req, resp := client.ListItemsRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/ListItems +func (c *MediaStoreData) ListItemsRequest(input *ListItemsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListItemsOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opListItems, + HTTPMethod: "GET", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &ListItemsInput{} + } + + output = &ListItemsOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// ListItems API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// Provides a list of metadata entries about folders and objects in the specified +// folder. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane's +// API operation ListItems for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// The specified container was not found for the specified account. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/ListItems +func (c *MediaStoreData) ListItems(input *ListItemsInput) (*ListItemsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListItemsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// ListItemsWithContext is the same as ListItems with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See ListItems for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStoreData) ListItemsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListItemsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListItemsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.ListItemsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +const opPutObject = "PutObject" + +// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request complets +// successfuly. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// +// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method. +// req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/PutObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opPutObject, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/{Path+}", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &PutObjectInput{} + } + + output = &PutObjectOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Sign.Remove(v4.SignRequestHandler) + handler := v4.BuildNamedHandler("v4.CustomSignerHandler", v4.WithUnsignedPayload) + req.Handlers.Sign.PushFrontNamed(handler) + return +} + +// PutObject API operation for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// Uploads an object to the specified path. Object sizes are limited to 10 MB. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane's +// API operation PutObject for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Codes: +// * ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException "ContainerNotFoundException" +// The specified container was not found for the specified account. +// +// * ErrCodeInternalServerError "InternalServerError" +// The service is temporarily unavailable. +// +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/PutObject +func (c *MediaStoreData) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *MediaStoreData) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) { + req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DeleteObjectRequest +type DeleteObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The path (including the file name) where the object is stored in the container. + // Format: // + // + // Path is a required field + Path *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Path" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"} + if s.Path == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Path")) + } + if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetPath(v string) *DeleteObjectInput { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DeleteObjectResponse +type DeleteObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DescribeObjectRequest +type DescribeObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The path (including the file name) where the object is stored in the container. + // Format: // + // + // Path is a required field + Path *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Path" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeObjectInput"} + if s.Path == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Path")) + } + if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectInput) SetPath(v string) *DescribeObjectInput { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/DescribeObjectResponse +type DescribeObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An optional CacheControl header that allows the caller to control the object's + // cache behavior. Headers can be passed in as specified in the HTTP at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 + // (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). + // + // Headers with a custom user-defined value are also accepted. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // The length of the object in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The content type of the object. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The ETag that represents a unique instance of the object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The date and time that the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s DescribeObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s DescribeObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *DescribeObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *DescribeObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *DescribeObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *DescribeObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *DescribeObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DescribeObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/GetObjectRequest +type GetObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The path (including the file name) where the object is stored in the container. + // Format: // + // + // For example, to upload the file mlaw.avi to the folder path premium\canada + // in the container movies, enter the path premium/canada/mlaw.avi. + // + // Do not include the container name in this path. + // + // If the path includes any folders that don't exist yet, the service creates + // them. For example, suppose you have an existing premium/usa subfolder. If + // you specify premium/canada, the service creates a canada subfolder in the + // premium folder. You then have two subfolders, usa and canada, in the premium + // folder. + // + // There is no correlation between the path to the source and the path (folders) + // in the container in AWS Elemental MediaStore. + // + // For more information about folders and how they exist in a container, see + // the AWS Elemental MediaStore User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediastore/latest/ug/). + // + // The file name is the name that is assigned to the file that you upload. The + // file can have the same name inside and outside of AWS Elemental MediaStore, + // or it can have the same name. The file name can include or omit an extension. + // + // Path is a required field + Path *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Path" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The range bytes of an object to retrieve. For more information about the + // Range header, go to http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35). + Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"} + if s.Path == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Path")) + } + if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPath(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetRange sets the Range field's value. +func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput { + s.Range = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/GetObjectResponse +type GetObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // The path to the file outside of the container. The file name can include + // or omit an extension. + // + // Example 1: If the file is stored on a remote server that has been mounted + // to the workstation on which the REST API command is being run, the path could + // be the absolute path \mount\assets\mlaw.avi or the relative path ..\..\mount\assets\movies\premium\mlaw.avi. + // + // Example 2: If the file is stored on a remote server that is not mounted, + // the path could be https:\\192.0.2.15\movies\premium\mlaw.avi. + Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` + + // An optional CacheControl header that allows the caller to control the object's + // cache behavior. Headers can be passed in as specified in the HTTP spec at + // https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). + // + // Headers with a custom user-defined value are also accepted. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // The length of the object in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` + + // The range of bytes to retrieve. + ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"` + + // The content type of the object. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The ETag that represents a unique instance of the object. + ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The date and time that the object was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"rfc822"` + + // The HTML status code of the request. Status codes ranging from 200 to 299 + // indicate success. All other status codes indicate the type of error that + // occurred. + // + // StatusCode is a required field + StatusCode *int64 `location:"statusCode" type:"integer" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentRange = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatusCode sets the StatusCode field's value. +func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStatusCode(v int64) *GetObjectOutput { + s.StatusCode = &v + return s +} + +// A metadata entry for a folder or object. +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/Item +type Item struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The length of the item in bytes. + ContentLength *int64 `type:"long"` + + // The content type of the item. + ContentType *string `type:"string"` + + // The ETag that represents a unique instance of the item. + ETag *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The date and time that the item was last modified. + LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"` + + // The name of the item. + Name *string `type:"string"` + + // The item type (folder or object). + Type *string `type:"string" enum:"ItemType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s Item) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s Item) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. +func (s *Item) SetContentLength(v int64) *Item { + s.ContentLength = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *Item) SetContentType(v string) *Item { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *Item) SetETag(v string) *Item { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. +func (s *Item) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Item { + s.LastModified = &v + return s +} + +// SetName sets the Name field's value. +func (s *Item) SetName(v string) *Item { + s.Name = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *Item) SetType(v string) *Item { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/ListItemsRequest +type ListItemsInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The maximum results to return. The service might return fewer results. + MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"MaxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` + + // The NextToken received in the ListItemsResponse for the same container and + // path. Tokens expire after 15 minutes. + NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"NextToken" type:"string"` + + // The path in the container from which to retrieve items. Format: // + Path *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"Path" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListItemsInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListItemsInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ListItemsInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListItemsInput"} + if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. +func (s *ListItemsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListItemsInput { + s.MaxResults = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListItemsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListItemsInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *ListItemsInput) SetPath(v string) *ListItemsInput { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/ListItemsResponse +type ListItemsOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Metadata entries for the folders and objects at the requested path. + Items []*Item `type:"list"` + + // The NextToken used to request the next page of results using ListItems. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ListItemsOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ListItemsOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetItems sets the Items field's value. +func (s *ListItemsOutput) SetItems(v []*Item) *ListItemsOutput { + s.Items = v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *ListItemsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListItemsOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/PutObjectRequest +type PutObjectInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + + // The path to the file outside of the container. The file name can include + // or omit an extension. + // + // Example 1: If the file is stored on a remote server that has been mounted + // to the workstation on which the REST API command is being run, the path could + // be the absolute path \mount\assets\mlaw.avi or the relative path ..\..\mount\assets\movies\premium\mlaw.avi. + // + // Example 2: If the file is stored on a remote server that is not mounted, + // the path could be https:\\192.0.2.15\movies\premium\mlaw.avi. + // + // Body is a required field + Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob" required:"true"` + + // An optional CacheControl header that allows the caller to control the object's + // cache behavior. Headers can be passed in as specified in the HTTP at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 + // (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). + // + // Headers with a custom user-defined value are also accepted. + CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` + + // The content type of the object. + ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` + + // The path (including the file name) where the object is stored in the container. + // Format: // + // + // For example, to upload the file mlaw.avi to the folder path premium\canada + // in the container movies, enter the path premium/canada/mlaw.avi. + // + // Do not include the container name in this path. + // + // If the path includes any folders that don't exist yet, the service creates + // them. For example, suppose you have an existing premium/usa subfolder. If + // you specify premium/canada, the service creates a canada subfolder in the + // premium folder. You then have two subfolders, usa and canada, in the premium + // folder. + // + // There is no correlation between the path to the source and the path (folders) + // in the container in AWS Elemental MediaStore. + // + // For more information about folders and how they exist in a container, see + // the AWS Elemental MediaStore User Guide (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediastore/latest/ug/). + // + // The file name is the name that is assigned to the file that you upload. The + // file can have the same name inside and outside of AWS Elemental MediaStore, + // or it can have the same name. The file name can include or omit an extension. + // + // Path is a required field + Path *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Path" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Indicates the storage class of a Put request. Defaults to high-performance + // temporal storage class, and objects are persisted into durable storage shortly + // after being received. + StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" min:"1" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"} + if s.Body == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Body")) + } + if s.Path == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Path")) + } + if s.Path != nil && len(*s.Path) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Path", 1)) + } + if s.StorageClass != nil && len(*s.StorageClass) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StorageClass", 1)) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetBody sets the Body field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput { + s.Body = v + return s +} + +// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.CacheControl = &v + return s +} + +// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.ContentType = &v + return s +} + +// SetPath sets the Path field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetPath(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.Path = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +// Please also see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01/PutObjectResponse +type PutObjectOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The SHA256 digest of the object that is persisted. + ContentSHA256 *string `min:"64" type:"string"` + + // Unique identifier of the object in the container. + ETag *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The storage class where the object was persisted. Should be “Temporal”. + StorageClass *string `min:"1" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetContentSHA256 sets the ContentSHA256 field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetContentSHA256(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ContentSHA256 = &v + return s +} + +// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.ETag = &v + return s +} + +// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value. +func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectOutput { + s.StorageClass = &v + return s +} + +const ( + // ItemTypeObject is a ItemType enum value + ItemTypeObject = "OBJECT" + + // ItemTypeFolder is a ItemType enum value + ItemTypeFolder = "FOLDER" +) + +const ( + // StorageClassTemporal is a StorageClass enum value + StorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/doc.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/doc.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d0c4fbeade --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/doc.go @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +// Package mediastoredata provides the client and types for making API +// requests to AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. +// +// An AWS Elemental MediaStore asset is an object, similar to an object in the +// Amazon S3 service. Objects are the fundamental entities that are stored in +// AWS Elemental MediaStore. +// +// See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediastore-data-2017-09-01 for more information on this service. +// +// See mediastoredata package documentation for more information. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediastoredata/ +// +// Using the Client +// +// To contact AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane with the SDK use the New function to create +// a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. +// These clients are safe to use concurrently. +// +// See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/ +// +// See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config +// +// See the AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane client MediaStoreData for more +// information on creating client for this service. +// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediastoredata/#New +package mediastoredata diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/errors.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95f0acdbd0f --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/errors.go @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastoredata + +const ( + + // ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException for service response error code + // "ContainerNotFoundException". + // + // The specified container was not found for the specified account. + ErrCodeContainerNotFoundException = "ContainerNotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeInternalServerError for service response error code + // "InternalServerError". + // + // The service is temporarily unavailable. + ErrCodeInternalServerError = "InternalServerError" + + // ErrCodeObjectNotFoundException for service response error code + // "ObjectNotFoundException". + // + // Could not perform an operation on an object that does not exist. + ErrCodeObjectNotFoundException = "ObjectNotFoundException" + + // ErrCodeRequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException for service response error code + // "RequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException". + // + // The requested content range is not valid. + ErrCodeRequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException = "RequestedRangeNotSatisfiableException" +) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/service.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/service.go new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8947fd8ce45 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata/service.go @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. + +package mediastoredata + +import ( + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4" + "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" +) + +// MediaStoreData provides the API operation methods for making requests to +// AWS Elemental MediaStore Data Plane. See this package's package overview docs +// for details on the service. +// +// MediaStoreData methods are safe to use concurrently. It is not safe to +// modify mutate any of the struct's properties though. +type MediaStoreData struct { + *client.Client +} + +// Used for custom client initialization logic +var initClient func(*client.Client) + +// Used for custom request initialization logic +var initRequest func(*request.Request) + +// Service information constants +const ( + ServiceName = "data.mediastore" // Service endpoint prefix API calls made to. + EndpointsID = ServiceName // Service ID for Regions and Endpoints metadata. +) + +// New creates a new instance of the MediaStoreData client with a session. +// If additional configuration is needed for the client instance use the optional +// aws.Config parameter to add your extra config. +// +// Example: +// // Create a MediaStoreData client from just a session. +// svc := mediastoredata.New(mySession) +// +// // Create a MediaStoreData client with additional configuration +// svc := mediastoredata.New(mySession, aws.NewConfig().WithRegion("us-west-2")) +func New(p client.ConfigProvider, cfgs ...*aws.Config) *MediaStoreData { + c := p.ClientConfig(EndpointsID, cfgs...) + return newClient(*c.Config, c.Handlers, c.Endpoint, c.SigningRegion, c.SigningName) +} + +// newClient creates, initializes and returns a new service client instance. +func newClient(cfg aws.Config, handlers request.Handlers, endpoint, signingRegion, signingName string) *MediaStoreData { + if len(signingName) == 0 { + signingName = "mediastore" + } + svc := &MediaStoreData{ + Client: client.New( + cfg, + metadata.ClientInfo{ + ServiceName: ServiceName, + SigningName: signingName, + SigningRegion: signingRegion, + Endpoint: endpoint, + APIVersion: "2017-09-01", + }, + handlers, + ), + } + + // Handlers + svc.Handlers.Sign.PushBackNamed(v4.SignRequestHandler) + svc.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(restjson.BuildHandler) + svc.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalMeta.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalMetaHandler) + svc.Handlers.UnmarshalError.PushBackNamed(restjson.UnmarshalErrorHandler) + + // Run custom client initialization if present + if initClient != nil { + initClient(svc.Client) + } + + return svc +} + +// newRequest creates a new request for a MediaStoreData operation and runs any +// custom request initialization. +func (c *MediaStoreData) newRequest(op *request.Operation, params, data interface{}) *request.Request { + req := c.NewRequest(op, params, data) + + // Run custom request initialization if present + if initRequest != nil { + initRequest(req) + } + + return req +} diff --git a/vendor/vendor.json b/vendor/vendor.json index 46965caedef..5d34f8de550 100644 --- a/vendor/vendor.json +++ b/vendor/vendor.json @@ -141,748 +141,788 @@ "revisionTime": "2017-07-27T15:54:43Z" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "eRUmyUWvOPK7gRZCc3g3TqwBnr8=", + "checksumSHA1": "8aK8Z15O84jwzX/h6UFkgXzx0BU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "DtuTqKH29YnLjrIJkRYX0HQtXY0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/arn", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Y9W+4GimK4Fuxq+vyIskVYFRnX4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "yyYr41HZ1Aq0hWc3J5ijXwYEcac=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "9nE/FjZ4pYrT883KtV2/aI+Gayo=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ieAJ+Cvp/PKv1LpUEnUXpc3OI6E=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client/metadata", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "7/8j/q0TWtOgXyvEcv4B2Dhl00o=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/corehandlers", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Y+cPwQL0dZMyqp3wI+KJWmA9KQ8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "u3GOAJLmdvbuNUeUEcZSEAOeL/0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/ec2rolecreds", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "NUJUTWlc1sV8b7WjfiYc4JZbXl0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/endpointcreds", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "JEYqmF83O5n5bHkupAzA6STm0no=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/credentials/stscreds", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ZdtYh3ZHSgP/WEIaqwJHTEhpkbs=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/defaults", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "/EXbk/z2TWjWc1Hvb4QYs3Wmhb8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/ec2metadata", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "3Zvhi9PXEQXGz8e7FE2RcxBXZ0s=", + "checksumSHA1": "2Rcu4ZCsQkoBFN0NpveADCcES8Q=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "9GvAyILJ7g+VUg8Ef5DsT5GuYsg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "HcGL4e6Uep4/80eCUI5xkcWjpQ0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "iU00ZjhAml/13g+1YXT21IqoXqg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/signer/v4", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "04ypv4x12l4q0TksA1zEVsmgpvw=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/internal/shareddefaults", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "NStHCXEvYqG72GknZyv1jaKaeH0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "1QmQ3FqV37w0Zi44qv8pA1GeR0A=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/ec2query", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "yHfT5DTbeCLs4NE2Rgnqrhe15ls=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/json/jsonutil", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "R00RL5jJXRYq1iiK1+PGvMfvXyM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/jsonrpc", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ZqY5RWavBLWTo6j9xqdyBEaNFRk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "9V1PvtFQ9MObZTc3sa86WcuOtOU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/query/queryutil", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "pkeoOfZpHRvFG/AOZeTf0lwtsFg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Rpu8KBtHZgvhkwHxUfaky+qW+G4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ODo+ko8D6unAxZuN1jGzMcN4QCc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "0qYPUga28aQVkxZgBR3Z86AbGUQ=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/xml/xmlutil", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "F6mth+G7dXN1GI+nktaGo8Lx8aE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/signer/v2", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { - "checksumSHA1": "2O+F6NwIHEgAHqLGKTJbxYwsUHs=", + "checksumSHA1": "2CNaABTsz1Dl+cRpvKKhSS2Udgk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/acm", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "iF8FO4xVatyPaAq5sF0jQ86kXpA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/apigateway", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "s+mt8VBjyMOBCZbr4/uOhUGZdYY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/applicationautoscaling", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "1/p8oChMJW38gBTOA8AUCWkHuM8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/athena", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "ILLTTjBCwDHKcx6D/Ja5k4Nn5Ww=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/autoscaling", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "kR7Urxv5JUC6cx3bBQ3lX1/0cEM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/batch", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "86Gd/aNE5+OAAibFQg6YWh7YKU0=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/budgets", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "NTUkkfytXTRTbjLiiZrHS0FO9A4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudformation", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "vbSfNKXjDDYLLAYafrD37T5xBFk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudfront", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "V5UO7ojp8/EuLhPIS4OOOurke3M=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudtrail", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Rx8tIQPEmYZhy1zbRpDmMBmGfvg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatch", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "UlNtqtd2PcKoWqqXmOj4kfu8hyc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchevents", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "7SPaq0IXgoe1Cqph7ws9vFYr3zg=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cloudwatchlogs", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "iOGHSGv16gPEKX+DHoOoXIeGm70=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codebuild", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "B8CSJW3k+VJ6neD1ddrSJJ/5TF8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codecommit", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "8T1UkQcbxF08m5xJL16lsWLdT6k=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codedeploy", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "EEVCD+xa8rnlVXoFULjc9fWcVzY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/codepipeline", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "GHaVqY5f85olNwlO5J4f160D+mI=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentity", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "svRJtQKo7tvAZYpW7UCpxFlG8mQ=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/cognitoidentityprovider", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "YONbbZXdr13qIiKYzqk4cptd2XE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/configservice", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "3EkRSF6NzJkEuZUvOt3TdpABXYc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/databasemigrationservice", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "TSYWqKDCe6RaR2kYrExoDIC+7LU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/devicefarm", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "2139YRKSqXN9N49CFTopzwftCDw=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directconnect", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "0T4esELn9yJKr3D7b1/apnu1ZOA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/directoryservice", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "kEGGjvoqrbTSX3Kno7GJrV7UflY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/dynamodb", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "hGhUGbG0E3RrhhJpfKq6bKUebz4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ec2", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "tvxhxL5w10Qau4eUabsLK4L60iA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecr", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "vIOUiTgp58sppu4baTu5VxXKs/s=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ecs", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "9I1RdgcMUEYJlyNIqdtSgFTdWKM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/efs", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "jmTYmZVr8dw9kPDYlBhe4oG556U=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticache", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "xylCApLVAqLTW6uTYCziTDxgRMI=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticbeanstalk", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "RmVY7K2zivKjDe0ad8Grd+81J/M=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elasticsearchservice", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "SZ7yLDZ6RvMhpWe0Goyem64kgyA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elastictranscoder", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "i+zp7see74G8qx251yfQiTvbz4U=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elb", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "i9eKrHV2n3LuYoMVnMpNjF34ih8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/elbv2", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "LJrVm902tsUu83HoxW5+twvlMSA=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/emr", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "cEKm/PVdmVyoRD1wu9jDHIh52G4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/firehose", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "+gED8OQZsY/taXgjkGbBJlx1hnY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glacier", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "GEw6g6/GwkskwL5bGj/KYJ8BENY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/glue", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "HBlNyNP2zLI589MIX82zMvANmLY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iam", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "WoIsJOP3M2BAhZ5p46LJNd9FQPk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/inspector", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "jWoHNr5dOtwUmlC5bi5kRcW30wE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/iot", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "yrji9KybkQLQBcP0ti5X6FrEXoc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kinesis", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "CqvUs/OKC5GYojf8InoQpTWUI30=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/kms", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "UNmVsLSjqCWcNd30lHo3T/qOHOY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lambda", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "c51LPR75+eskzYq8cj9zdKd3DXk=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/lightsail", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "gSpDdjt2R3cME3YZWOF4SZ/mrJ8=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert", + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "42hWUchiIBN8VvWSPzi9QcHoDVk=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/medialive", + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "tN30knTZ2ALjKm4IDU6jK+kYqtE=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediapackage", + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "4Uq/ZoglG76ZQ16gLnnpO1Ga3Ak=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastore", + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" + }, + { + "checksumSHA1": "n+Jxsi0zhH+TYMTm+JIJfpVrJGQ=", + "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediastoredata", + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "xkNWwN2rw+szg+zXAxCun34zxhs=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/opsworks", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "saFo2jqsWU43Lax6lL8PhQKRl8s=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/rds", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "BwFxr+n+xU7TOQxxONFxdtrWjG4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/redshift", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "S1md3W8h4/TLxScptLYbD5ukfrM=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/route53", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "soLaAo4O4kxArCMP1r3ctgwhmC4=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Tz5NbDa/SGUINmuFD8KQLh1HDOI=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/servicecatalog", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "/ztCHg70ElmJqzKYIRwDB6TiBOc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ses", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "4fkXdvKPVnJvu6yUBc+MHkN4t20=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sfn", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "rrsHusPbMvyKM0WvbZyYjDgKG00=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/shield", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "B3CgAFSREebpsFoFOo4vrQ6u04w=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/simpledb", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "rwSNHPn9iLEaoDx6vX0KbWefcHY=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sns", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "aWWSD60GhNwldZ7mxL9Z8Q+fiXo=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sqs", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "U1lCM+/AZ5khvQcsgZy1c/qp86Q=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/ssm", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "d9vR1rl8kmJxJBwe00byziVFR/o=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "Uw4pOUxSMbx4xBHUcOUkNhtnywE=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/swf", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "sjZeBzVjWM2tWSIOr7p13Kx2iNU=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/waf", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "rM51Xn6MSt2XJzSF1p51m6G4u/8=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/wafregional", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "AUwsvYff1GCOYtCgB6wd0doC9kc=", "path": "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/workspaces", - "revision": "991fe2497a95d757bb53f95cbcebf3d26134c9fe", - "revisionTime": "2017-11-22T01:35:17Z", - "version": "v1.12.32", - "versionExact": "v1.12.32" + "revision": "0c22c3d22be15d3be3d22b8dedabbf5dd4304730", + "revisionTime": "2017-11-27T09:49:03Z", + "version": "v1.12.34", + "versionExact": "v1.12.34" }, { "checksumSHA1": "nqw2Qn5xUklssHTubS5HDvEL9L4=",